Users Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsC9010 Modular Chassis Switch

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the C9000 Series

Version 9.10(0.1)

May 2016

Rev. A00

Summary of content (1701 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9000 Series Version 9.10(0.1) May 2016 Rev.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. NOTE: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2016 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide......................................................................................................... 41 Objectives............................................................................................................................................................................ 41 Audience.............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
ip tftp source-interface.................................................................................................................................................... 81 line.........................................................................................................................................................................................82 logging coredump server.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
format flash.......................................................................................................................................................................166 mkdir................................................................................................................................................................................... 167 mount nfs...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
Common IP ACL Commands..........................................................................................................................................211 clear counters ip access-group.............................................................................................................................. 212 ip access-group..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
IP Prefix List Commands...............................................................................................................................................268 clear ip prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................................268 deny...................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
bfd protocol-liveness..................................................................................................................................................... 305 ip route bfd.......................................................................................................................................................................306 ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
default-metric............................................................................................................................................................ 346 deny bandwidth......................................................................................................................................................... 346 description..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
show ip bgp detail..................................................................................................................................................... 389 show ip bgp extcommunity-list...............................................................................................................................391 show ip bgp filter-list...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
bgp log-neighbor-changes...................................................................................................................................... 433 bgp non-deterministic-med.................................................................................................................................... 434 bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor timers..........................................................................................................................................................464 neighbor update-source.......................................................................................................................................... 465 neighbor weight.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
Chapter 10: Control Plane Policing (CoPP)................................................................................ 497 clear control-traffic protocol........................................................................................................................................497 clear control-traffic queue............................................................................................................................................498 control-plane-cpuqos.........................
PAGE 14
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size.......................................................................................................................................... 544 dcb-buffer-threshold .................................................................................................................................................... 544 priority.................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
ip helper-address........................................................................................................................................................613 ipv6 helper-address...................................................................................................................................................614 lease....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac...............................................................................................................644 fip-snooping port-mode fcf..........................................................................................................................................645 fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted........................................................................................................................645 show fip-snooping config........
PAGE 17
redundancy auto-failover-limit..................................................................................................................................... 681 redundancy disable-auto-reboot................................................................................................................................. 682 redundancy force-failover............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
clear management application pkt-cntr............................................................................................................... 762 management egress-interface-selection.............................................................................................................762 show ip management-eis-route ............................................................................................................................762 show management application pkt-cntr................
PAGE 19
hostname dynamic..........................................................................................................................................................803 ignore-lsp-errors............................................................................................................................................................. 804 ip router isis.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
ip igmp query-interval...............................................................................................................................................847 ip igmp query-max-resp-time.................................................................................................................................848 ip igmp ssm-map.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
ip domain-list....................................................................................................................................................................890 ip domain-lookup..............................................................................................................................................................891 ip domain-name..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
Chapter 27: IPv6 Basics.............................................................................................................946 cam-ipv6 extended-prefix............................................................................................................................................ 946 clear ipv6 fib.....................................................................................................................................................................947 clear ipv6 mld_host.....
PAGE 23
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation................................................................................................................. 982 mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky................................................................................................................ 983 mac learning-limit station-move-violation...........................................................................................................984 mac learning-limit reset........................
PAGE 24
hello............................................................................................................................................................................. 1021 management-interface...........................................................................................................................................1022 mode................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
Chapter 34: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)..............................................................1059 debug spanning-tree mstp..........................................................................................................................................1059 disable.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1060 forward-delay............................
PAGE 26
IPv6 Object Tracking Commands.............................................................................................................................. 1097 show track ipv6 route.............................................................................................................................................1097 track interface ipv6 routing..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
show config................................................................................................................................................................1137 show ip ospf...............................................................................................................................................................1137 show ip ospf asbr...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
show show show show crypto ipsec sa ipv6.......................................................................................................................................1191 ipv6 ospf interface........................................................................................................................................1193 ipv6 ospf database........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
Chapter 42: PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM).................................................................................1245 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands..........................................................................................................................1245 clear ip pim rp-mapping..........................................................................................................................................1245 clear ip pim tib....................................................
PAGE 30
show pe........................................................................................................................................................................... 1285 show pe csp.................................................................................................................................................................... 1287 show pe errors.....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
service-class bandwidth-percentage..................................................................................................................1332 service-class dot1p-mapping................................................................................................................................ 1333 service-class dynamic dot1p................................................................................................................................. 1333 service-class wred backplane........
PAGE 32
show hardware......................................................................................................................................................... 1374 DSCP Color Map Commands......................................................................................................................................1375 dscp.............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
maximum-paths.............................................................................................................................................................. 1414 neighbor............................................................................................................................................................................1415 network...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
timeout login response........................................................................................................................................... 1453 username................................................................................................................................................................... 1453 RADIUS Commands......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
ip ssh server..............................................................................................................................................................1488 ip ssh source-interface.......................................................................................................................................... 1490 show crypto..............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
snmp-server context.............................................................................................................................................. 1526 snmp-server community........................................................................................................................................ 1527 snmp-server enable traps......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
hello-time.........................................................................................................................................................................1576 max-age........................................................................................................................................................................... 1577 protocol spanning-tree..........................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
show eula-consent........................................................................................................................................................1605 show running-config.....................................................................................................................................................1606 show support-assist status.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
Chapter 62: Virtual Link Trunking (VLT)...................................................................................1640 back-up destination....................................................................................................................................................... 1641 clear vlt statistics........................................................................................................................................................... 1641 delay-restore...............
PAGE 40
vrrp delay reload.......................................................................................................................................................1677 vrrp-group................................................................................................................................................................. 1678 track.............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 42
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 43
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 44
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list of Type help at the prompt.
PAGE 45
lacp Configure LACP line Configure a terminal line linecard Configure linecard link-bundle-distribution Configure link-bundle load-balance Global traffic load-balance configuration logging Modify message logging facilities mac Global MAC configuration subcommands mac-address-table Mac Address Table Configuration Subcommands management Create a management crypto or route, etc monitor Monitor monitored ports no Reset a command ntp Configure NTP openflow Configure OpenFlow instance password-attributes Configur
PAGE 46
Key Combination Action CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key.
PAGE 47
NOTE: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep gigabit |except regular-expression | find regularexpression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
PAGE 48
To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command then enter the class map name. The prompt changes to include (config-class-map). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2.
PAGE 49
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, see ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmpgroup-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 50
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-frrp-ring-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>.
PAGE 51
2. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-nacl) or (conf-ext-nacl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 52
MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 53
To enter PRIORITY GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the priority-group command then the group name. The prompt changes to include (conf-pg). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 54
ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode.
PAGE 55
To enter VRRP mode: 1. To enable VRRP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vrrp-group command then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-if-interface-typeslot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id). UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, see Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 56
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
PAGE 57
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-threshold cpu util-threshold memory virtual-ip write asf-mode Enable the
PAGE 58
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters Defaults c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c.
PAGE 59
Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
PAGE 60
Usage Information Example After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
PAGE 61
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first.
PAGE 62
● 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ● 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter ipv6acl and the FP block number for IPv6. The FP block number range is from 0 to 4 (multiples of 2).
PAGE 63
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 64
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the audits in the chassis connected in a dualhoming setup. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C9000 Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 65
vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 66
Example Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics. C9000 Series Syntax debug cpu-traffic-stats To disable the debugging, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 67
debug ftpserver View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server. C9000 Series Syntax debug ftpserver Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 68
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. You can also use the disable command from port extender(PE) console to turns off access to the privileged mode commands. do Allow the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level.
PAGE 69
Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. C9000 Series Syntax enable [level] From a PE console, use enable [level] to enter EXEC privilege mode .
PAGE 70
Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP). C9000 Series Syntax enable optical-info-update interval seconds To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command.
PAGE 71
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Command History VRRP ACCESS-LIST PREFIX-LIST AS-PATH ACL COMMUNITY-LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 72
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 73
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system.
PAGE 74
size date time name -------- ------ ------ -------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series.
PAGE 75
ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password.
PAGE 76
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Changed the default from Force10 to FTOS. 8.3.12.
PAGE 77
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command.
PAGE 78
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests.
PAGE 79
ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 80
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 81
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device.
PAGE 82
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. C9000 Series Syntax line {console 0 | vty number [end-number]} Parameters Defaults console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port.
PAGE 83
logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password { ipv4-address | ipv6-address } Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server. type Enter the password type: ● Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password.
PAGE 84
login concurrent-session Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} no login concurrent-session {limit number-of-sessions | clear—line enable} Parameters Defaults limit number-ofsessions Sets the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console and virtual terminal lines. The range is from 1 to 12 (10 VTY lines, one console, and one AUX line).
PAGE 85
3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached.
PAGE 86
NOTE: Login statistics are not applicable for login sessions that do not use authentication on user names. For example, the system does not report login activity for a telnet session that prompts only a password field. Example When you log into the system, it displays a message similar to the following: $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Last successful login: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Line vty0 ( 10.11.178.14 ).
PAGE 87
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5.
PAGE 88
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 89
Example (IPv4) Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 90
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 91
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date.
PAGE 92
Usage Information Version Description E-Series Original command. If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show runningconfig command. show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies.
PAGE 93
PEM 0 in unit 0 down PEM 2 in unit 0 down 25 sec 6 sec Dell#show alarm threshold -- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard0 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard1 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown
PAGE 94
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 95
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show chassis brief Chassis Type : C9010 Chassis Mode : 1.
PAGE 96
show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp. C9000 Series Syntax show command-history Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 96 Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 97
console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 21:17:35]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:19:25]: Dell# CMD-(CLI):[no shutdown]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[interface tengigabitethernet 0/2]by default CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by d
PAGE 98
show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show cpu-traffic-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | pe ] Parameters Defaults number Specify an interface number. The number of interfaces range from 1 to 1568. all Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces. cp Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to display traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 99
LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:165, ARP:0, other:3 Unicast:42, Multicast:126, Broadcast:0 Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show cpu-interface-stats View CPU interface statistics. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show cpu-interface-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id} |all] cp Enter the keyword cp to display the interface statistics only from the Control Processor.
PAGE 100
Recv Restarts : 0 Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Dataplane ethernet statistics -bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :0 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :0 dropped :0 recvToNet :0 rxError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0) :0 rxPkt(COS1) :0 rxPkt(COS2) :0 rxPkt(COS3) :0 rxPkt(COS4) :0 rxPkt(COS5) :0 rxPkt(COS6) :0 rxPkt(COS7) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :0 rxPkt(UNIT1) :0 rxPkt(UNIT2) :0 rxPkt(UNIT3) :0 transmitted :0 txRequested :0 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1
PAGE 101
0xb957f000 0xb9594000 0xb95a8000 running 54 ------P--f select_wait 54 ----RW---f select_wait 54 ----RW---f -- netstat -i command output -Name Mtu Network Address Colls Drops bc0 1500 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 mul0 1500 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 wm0 1500 74:86:7a:ff:6f:24 0 0 wm1 9710 74:86:7a:ff:6e:a0 0 0 lo0 33192 0 0 lo0 33192 ::1/128 ::1 0 0 lo0 33192 127.0.0/24 127.0.0.1 0 0 backp 1500 74:86:7a:ff:6f:24 0 0 backp 1500 127.10.10/24 RPM0-CP 0 0 backp 1500 127.10.10.
PAGE 102
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 103
thermal-sensors Default Enter the keyword thermal-sensors to display only temperatures and thresholds for the system and switching core, and port modules. Display status information on all system components. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 104
0 0 0 1 2 3 up down up AC AC AC up up up 18848 1312 18880 666.0 0.0 643.
PAGE 105
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 106
* - Management Unit Example (PE Console) Dell#show inventory System Type System Mode Software Version : C1048P : 1.
PAGE 107
Usage Information show linecard output Field Description Line card Displays the line card slot number (only listed in the show linecard all command output). Status Displays the line card’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match. If they do not match, use the linecard command to reconfigure the line card type.
PAGE 108
Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Last Restart Burned In MAC No Of MACs Example (ESeries) Example (CSeries) Example (brief) 108 : : : : : : : : : : : CN-0CYFF2-77931-452-0008 X00 11VRG02 229 059 705 8 disabled powered-on 34:17:eb:00:20:00 3 Dell#show linecard 11 -- Line card 11 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics
PAGE 109
Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Dell# Related Commands : : : : : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a 48 11 hr, 24 min 6.1.1.0 yes ● show interfaces linecard — displays information on all interfaces on a specific line card. ● show chassis — view information on all elements of the system. ● show rpm — view information on the RPM. show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system.
PAGE 110
To view the successful and failed login details of a specific user in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period, use the show login statistics user user-id command. If you have system or security administrator rights, you can view the login statistics of other users. If you do not have system or security administrator rights, you can view your login statistics but not the login statistics of others. NOTE: By default, these commands display the details for the last 30 days.
PAGE 111
Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 0 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts command. Dell#show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s).
PAGE 112
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Defaults Display memory usage on all switch CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 113
show processes cpu View information on CPU usage for processes running in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show processes cpu [cp number of tasks | details ]| lp {slot-id number of tasks | all | cp-lp | summary} | pe { pe-id stack-unit unit number | all | [number of tasks]}| rp {[number of tasks | details]} summary Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor.
PAGE 114
0x00000000 0x0000013f 0x0000027c 0x0000020f 0x00000137 0x000002f1 0x00000073 0x00000291 0x00000244 0x00000265 0x000002bd 0x00000099 0x000002ce 0x000000f5 0x000000e3 0x00000249 0x00000228 0x000002bb 0x000001f8 0x000001f4 0x000000df 0x000000d7 0x00000095 0x00000079 0x00000043 0x00000013 0x00000002 0x00000001 0x00000327 0x0000029d 0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 171610 7550 12300 5210 5160 7730 4920 5500 5370 5180 4950 15360 7220 5000 5480 6620 12430 8380 640 1090 3140 0 750 40 10 610 40 0 10
PAGE 115
0x4b9f7020 0x4b9e0020 0x4b9c8020 0x4b9b2020 0x4b995020 0x4b981020 0x4b927020 0x4b912020 0x4b8fc020 0x4af6f020 0x4af6e020 0x4af6a020 0x4af4e020 0x4ab97020 0x4ab87020 0x4ab86020 0x4ab57020 0x4ab36020 0x4068f020 0x4bea8020 0x4c60c020 0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 3520 220 8060 0 220 100 30 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 500 15330 20 8940 100 0 820 200 0 30 2410 3050 4210 80
PAGE 116
Example: show processes cpu summary Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ----------------- ------- ------- -------CP 43% 42% 40% RP 0% 0% 0% show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. C9000 Series Syntax show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp | lp | pe {slot-id | all}] Parameters Defaults recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages.
PAGE 117
● Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
PAGE 118
129024 1084 IPC: 5 129024 0 CLI: 0 129024 11 CHMGR: 0 129024 4 LCMGR: 2 129024 1 LCMGR: 2 129024 1 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 129024 1 DIAGMGR: 0 129024 1 DIAGAGT: 5 129024 0 DIAGAGT: 5 129024 1 EVHDLR: 0 129024 1 EVHDLR: 0 129024 1 DNLDAGENT: 5 129024 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 129024 1 SYSADMTSK: 5 129024 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 129024 1 PMMGR: 5 129024 0 PMMGR: 5 129024 1 KPLR: 5 129024 0 KPLR: 5 129024 1 KPLR: 5 129024 0 TIMERMGR: 5 129024 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 129024 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 129024 1 F10STKMGR: 5 129024 0 F10STKMGR: 5 129024 1 ENVM
PAGE 119
129024 0 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 129024 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 184320 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 129024 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 129024 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 129024 7 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 5 0 0 2 3950 0 2 11562 2 2 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 5 35450 0 5 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics.
PAGE 120
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 121
11 36 2 1 21 14 17 1 0 40 67 11 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe IFMGR0 11 IFMGR0 36 IFMGR0 2 IFAGT3 1 IFMGR0 21 IFMGR0 14 IFMGR0 17 IFMGR0 1 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 40 IFMGR0 67 IFMGR0 11 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 DHCP0 60 IPMGR0 60 60 IFAGT3 60 60 IFMGR0 60 60 OFMGR0 60 60 ACL0 60 60 VRRP0 60 60 PIM0 5 5 MACMGR0 60 60 L2PM0 60 60 DIFFSERV0 60 60 RTM0 60 60 LLDP0 60 60 MRTM0 60 60 IPMGR1 60 60 LACP0 60 60 ACL_AGENT2 50 50 IGMP0 50 50 IFAGT2
PAGE 122
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view memory usage for the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view memory usage for the Route Processor. lp slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU memory usage. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display memory usage on all line card CPUs. Enter linecard summary to display a summary of memory usage on all line card CPUs. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID.pe-id.
PAGE 123
show processes memory output Field Description Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 124
0 [system] 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 Example: show processes memory cp 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0
PAGE 125
RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory rp 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 9344 133188 26752 0 189296 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory lp summary Memory utilization Total MaxUsed CurrentUsed CurrentFree ------------------ -------------- ---
PAGE 126
154 xstp 466654 466654 118 pim 3109852 3109852 434 igmp 925008 925008 429 ipm1 396432 396432 170 mrtm 1127350 1127350 294 l2mgr 1226308 1193360 98 l2pm 433430 400482 389 arpm 301456 301456 367 lacp 598792 598792 349 tnlmgr 466666 466666 329 otm 363396 363396 333 dsm 1094262 1094262 323 rtm 3109744 3109744 315 rip 198216 198216 309 acl 1259692 1259692 302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 Example show processes memory pe
PAGE 127
sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 all 33212 88 965642 24232 38284252 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 0 877892 0 38279404 0 0 0 49692 0 33212 88 104314 24232 87668 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 33212 88 87750 24232 4848 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 all Memory Statistics Of PE-unit Processor 0 On PEID 4 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824,
PAGE 128
show rpm View the current status of the RPM. C9000 Series Syntax show rpm [slot-id [brief] | all] Parameters slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the RPM slot-ID zero (0) or 1. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present RPMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of RPM information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 129
Example Field Description Temperature Displays the temperature of the RPM. Minor alarm status if the temperature is over 65°C. Power Status Lists the status of the power modules in the chassis. Voltage Displays the power rails for the line card. Part Num Displays the line card part number. Vendor ID Displays an internal code, which specifies the manufacturing vendor. Date Code Displays the line card’s manufacturing date. Country Code Displays the country of origin. 01 = USA.
PAGE 130
Related Commands ● show chassis – view information on all elements of the system. ● show linecard– view information on a line card. show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. C9000 Series Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | linecard slot-id | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
PAGE 131
RTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800010ff 0x01930000 43 VRRP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x803330f3 0x00400000 39 L2PM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x87ff79ff 0x0e032200 45 ACL 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x867f50c3 0x000f0218 44 OSPF 0 0x00000dfa 0x00400098 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 30 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 29 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200
PAGE 132
8 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 Dell#sh system linecard 6 fanout count Fan out ports in linecard 6 Configured = 6 Present = 6 show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to troubleshoot switch operation.
PAGE 133
The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
PAGE 134
Auto Reboot : enabled Last Restart : powered-on Burned In MAC : 34:17:eb:01:8c:00 No Of MACs : 3 ----------------------------------- show environment linecard-voltage ------ Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed Fan3 Speed --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 3587 up 3558 up 3591 up 3539 0 1 up up 3558 up 3476 up 3539 up 3614 0 2 up up 3817 up 3640 up 3552 up 3699 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed
PAGE 135
Stack-unit SW Version: Link to Peer: 9.9(0.0) Up -- PEER Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Stack-unit State: Standby Peer Stack-unit ID: 3 Stack-unit SW Version: 9.9(0.
PAGE 136
LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 25
PAGE 137
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 138
Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h13m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 6d21h13m --------------------------- show process memory -----------------Memory Statistics Of stack-unit 1 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 351678464, CurrentUsed: 351629312, Cu
PAGE 139
[system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent brAgent nvAgent 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 2605478 305820 3272305868 24254 1247242 155698 4566 0 0 0 0 0 0 2484600 281588 3272301020 0 612868 82820 0 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 137442 156744 104232 24254 650938 72878 4566 1687552 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 120878 24232 4848 24254 634374 72878 4566 ----------------------------------- show process cpu -----------------------CPU Statistics Of Unit 1 ==================
PAGE 140
0x4bab1020 0x4ba56020 0x4ba41020 0x4ba2a020 0x4b1ba020 0x4b1a6020 0x4b174020 0x4af77020 0x4abcc020 0x4ab9f020 0x4ab6f020 0x4ab5f020 0x4ab3e020 0x40697020 0x4c729020 0x4c714020 0x4c6fd020 0x4c2df020 0x4bfc8020 0x4bea5020 0x4be88020 0x4be4f020 0x4bc84020 0x4bb85020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bbb8020 0x4c765020 13660 40 0 0 10 5450 50 0 0 107130 3677890 20 68310 680 0 579080 0 400 520510 914880 240 0 4574350 12330 277150 124360 1727740 1366 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 sysReaper 4 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tme 0 0 0.00% 0.
PAGE 141
Jumbo Capable POE Capable FIPS Mode Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : yes yes disabled 34:17:eb:00:bb:77 66 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) ------------------------------------------------------------------------3 0 up AC NA NA 3 1 down DC NA NA -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed -----------------------------------------------------------------------3 0 up up 10000 up 10000 Speed in RPM ----------------------------------- show environment -----------
PAGE 142
Software Protocol Configured -----------------------------------------------------------LLDP ----------------------------------- show lldp neighbors ---------------Loc PortID Rem Host Name Rem Port Id Rem Chassis Id ------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 - TenGigabitEthernet 6/12 34:17:eb:00:20:00 ---------------------------------- show control-bridge status ----------Reason: CNU - CSP Not Up, IPE - IPC Program Error PPE - PEM Program Error, CPE - CHM Program Erro
PAGE 143
Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Te 3/2 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_UP: stack-unit3 is up Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-2-SYSTEM_READY: System ready Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 0 of unit 3 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 3 is up Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module
PAGE 144
show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 145
show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 146
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. . Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 147
Example Example: show version all Lines Beginning With Lines Beginning With 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4095) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 148
System image file is "system://B" System Type: C1048P Control Processor: Broadcom 56340 (ver A0) with 1 Gbytes (1073741824 bytes) of memory, cores(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 4 48-port GE (VE) 192 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 100 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 149
ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. source-interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface.
PAGE 150
terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax terminal length screen-length Parameters Defaults screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 151
● 30 hops max ● 40 byte packet size ● UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 152
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 153
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stackunit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
PAGE 154
Parameters cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a switch CPU can be used: ● 5 sec ● 1 min ● 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Route Processor CPU. lp slot-id Enter the keyword lp and the linecard processor (lp) slot-id for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time.
PAGE 155
In this example, the low threshold value is not specified so the system takes the value set for the high threshold value. In all other cases, the low threshold value must be equal to or less than the high threshold value. Related Commands ● show util-threshold cpu – Display the configured values of CPU utilization thresholds. ● show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds.
PAGE 156
To return the memory thresholds to the default values, enter the no util-threshold mem all | cp | lp slot—id | pe | rp command. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the memory utilization thresholds in a dual-homing setup. Example cp Example pe Related Commands Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory cp high 75 low 67 Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory pe high 85 low 70 ● show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds.
PAGE 157
Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6. The no virtual-ip command takes an address/prefix-length argument, so that the desired address only is removed. If you enter the no virtual-ip command without any specified address, then both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses are removed.
PAGE 158
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 159
Defaults secondary Enter the keyword secondary to use the secondary Dell Networking OS image. ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp:// userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://hostip/filepath. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 160
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 161
To copy a file on a NFS-mounted system enter nfsmount://
PAGE 162
SCP, you can enter copy running-config scp: where running-config is the source and the target is specified in the ensuing prompts. Dell Networking OS prompts you to enter any required information, as needed for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, etc.
PAGE 163
! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell#copy tftp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 1.1.1.1 Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 164
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added thenfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 165
on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system. ● For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. flash: | usbflash: For PE Console. Enter one of the following: ● For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path.
PAGE 166
Example (PE Console) Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drwx 4096 Jan 2 drwx 1536 Jun 3 drwx 4096 Jun 4 drwx 4096 Jun 5 drwx 8192 Jun 6 d--4096 Jun 7 drwx 4096 Jun 8 -rwx 19705 Jun Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt 01 23 01 01 01 01 01 08 1980 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 00:00:00 06:07:25 19:37:48 19:37:52 19:37:52 19:37:56 19:38:00 23:41:44 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 . ..
PAGE 167
mkdir Create a directory on the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax mkdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 168
pwd Display the current working directory. C9000 Syntax pwd From a PE console, use pwd to view the current working directory. Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 169
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 170
When restoring factory default settings, a switch remains in standalone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command. Example Dell#restore factory-defaults chassis clear-all *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and resets all persistent settings (stacking, * * fanout, etc.
PAGE 171
show boot bmp Display the current state of bare metal provisioning (BMP) or the jump-start process. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show boot bmp bmp Display the current information on the state of BMP or the jump-start process. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 172
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 173
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4079.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
PAGE 174
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file flash://startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4079) ! Last configuration change at Wed Jun 24 02:02:40 2015 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Wed Jun 24 02:02:44 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary tftp://10.11.227.
PAGE 175
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 176
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. C9000 Series Syntax show os-version [file-url] From a PE console, use show os-version to view the release and software image information. Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath.
PAGE 177
--------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.0) CP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) LP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) RP passed runtime 9.9(0.0) cp passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 178
runtime runtime runtime 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) LP RP cp passed passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 179
Type PoE Controller Example: PE Console Version 2.65 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.
PAGE 180
File Management crypto for the current crypto configuration dcb-bufferthreshold for the current Buffer Threshold configuration dcb-map for the current dcb-map configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration extcommunitylist for the current extended community-list configuration fcoe-map for the current fcoe-map configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration ftp for the
PAGE 181
policy-mapoutput for the current output policy map configuration po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos for the current qos configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-li
PAGE 182
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 183
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4074) ! Last configuration change at Mon Jun 22 07:48:07 2015 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Jun 22 12:40:26 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary system: A: boot system rpm0 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4046.
PAGE 184
rpm slot-id Enter the keyword rpm to upgrade Control and Route processors of the RPM . To upgrade standby RPM execute the command from primary RPM with rpmA: | rpmB:,option. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and specify the port extender ID number. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. Enter pe all to upgrade all port extenders attached to the C9010. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack unit number. The stack unit number range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 185
============================================ Card BootFlash Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------------rpm 0 (CP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 rpm 0 (RP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 Linecard10 Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 *********************************************************************** * Warning - Upgrading boot flash is inherently risky and should only * * be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may cause * * a board RMA.
PAGE 186
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can enter this command in the following ways: ● verify md5 flash://img-file ● verify md5 flash://img-file ● verify sha256 flash://img-file ● verify sha256 flash://img-file Example Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 187
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 188
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
PAGE 189
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 190
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address.
PAGE 191
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 192
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 193
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 400 Enable 400 3 Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that
PAGE 194
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 195
● Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. ● Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to enable single-host or multi-host authentication in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 196
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE ITNERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 197
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 198
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 199
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated.
PAGE 200
Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 201
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 202
Example Dell(conf)#do show dot1x interface ten gigabit ethernet 0/41 802.
PAGE 203
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 204
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 205
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.
PAGE 206
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 207
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 5 seconds 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
PAGE 208
show dot1x profile Display all the dot1x profiles or the details of a specific profile configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show dot1x profile profile-name Parameters Defaults profile-name Specify a static dot1x profile-name. The maximum character limit for a profile name is 32 characters. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 209
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 210
remark Enter a description for an ACL entry. C9000 Series Syntax remark [remark-number] [description] Parameters Defaults remark-number Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured.
PAGE 211
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ● ● ● ● Command History CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 212
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 213
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 214
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed.
PAGE 215
Usage Information Example show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.
PAGE 216
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 217
permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 218
show config — displays the current configuration. permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to be processed and forwarded to another interface on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address}[count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 219
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 220
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.
PAGE 221
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 222
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 223
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. show ip access-lists Display inbound or outbound IP access-list information based on a given option.
PAGE 224
Extended Egress IP access list ten seq 5 permit tcp any eq 1 any seq 10 deny ip any host 11.11.11.11 count (0 packets) Extended IP ACL Commands The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
PAGE 225
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 226
deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [log] [dscp] [[count [bytes]] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 227
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide.
PAGE 228
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords mask-request Mask requests mobile-redirect Mobile host redirect net-redirect Network redirect net-tos-redirect Network redirect for TOS net-tosunreachable Network unreachable for TOS net-unreachable Network unreachable networkunknown Network unknown no-room-foroption Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameterproblem All parameter problems port
PAGE 229
deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 230
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log.
PAGE 231
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 232
● gt = greater than ● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Defaults port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 233
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt or range) may require more than one entry.
PAGE 234
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 235
Defaults host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 236
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 237
the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 238
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 239
fragments Defaults Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 240
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 241
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log.
PAGE 242
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 243
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 244
● ● ● ● ● port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 245
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.
PAGE 246
ACL VLAN Group Commands Use the commands in this section to configure ACL VLAN groups and CAM optimization for ACLs applied to VLAN groups. acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Term heading Description heading Syntax acl-vlan-group group name To remove an ACL VLAN group, use the no acl-vlan-group group name command. Parameters Default group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
PAGE 247
Parameters Default default Reset the number of FP blocks to the default value. By default, 0 FP blocks of CAM are allocated for ACL VLAN services, such as iSCSI counters, Open Flow, and ACL VLAN optimization. NOTE: CAM optimization for ACL VLAN groups is not enabled by default. You must allocate FP blocks of ACL VLAN CAM to enable ACL CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate a number FP blocks of CAM for VLAN Open Flow operations.
PAGE 248
ip access-group (ACL VLAN Group) Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax ip access-group access-list-name out implicit-permit Parameters Default access-list-name Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum). out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 249
You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members. The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group. If you apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs. Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACL-VLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality.
PAGE 250
AnyEmployeeCustomerElevenGrantedAccess Vlan Members : 2-10,99 Group Name : HostGroup Egress IP Acl : Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 251
Example Dell#show cam-acl-vlan -- Chassis Vlan Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups.
PAGE 252
Common MAC ACL Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. You can apply a MAC ACL on physical, port-channel and VLAN interfaces. The permit/deny statements in the ACL determine how traffic on an interface, VLAN members, or port-channel members is handled.
PAGE 253
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 254
Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. If you apply a MAC ACL on a VLAN: ● None of the VLAN members can have another ACL applied which has an entry for the VLAN. ● The VLAN cannot belong to an ACL VLAN group. If you apply a MAC ACL on a physical or port-channel interface, a VLAN to which the port is associated cannot have another ACL applied. If you apply a MAC ACL on an ACL VLAN group, none of the VLANs in the group can have another ACL applied.
PAGE 255
Usage information Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. This command displays ingress or egress L2 access-list information based on a given option. If no ingress or egress access-list is attached to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
PAGE 256
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Displays occur only if the access-list is attached to an interface.
PAGE 257
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 258
mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section. C9000 Series Syntax mac access-list standard mac-list-name To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard mac-list-name command.
PAGE 259
permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
PAGE 260
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 261
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 262
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-addressmask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 263
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 264
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 265
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destinationaddress-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 266
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 267
host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to filter packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 268
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 269
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.
PAGE 270
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 271
le max-prefix- length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 272
bitmask number Defaults Enter the keyword bitmask then enter a bit mask number in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 273
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 274
seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 132) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 275
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply the list to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 276
● If the next route map entry does not contain a continue clause, the route map evaluates normally. If a match does not occur, the route map does not continue and falls through to the next sequence number, if one exists. Set Clause with Continue Clause If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry.
PAGE 277
match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match as-path as-path-name To delete a match AS path filter, use the no match as-path as-path-name command. Parameters Defaults as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 278
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 279
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 280
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 281
match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command.
PAGE 282
match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match metric metric-value To delete a value, use the no match metric [metric-value] command. Parameters Defaults metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 283
incomplete Defaults Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 284
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 285
match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. route-map Enable a route map statement and configure its action and sequence number. This command also places you in ROUTE-MAP mode.
PAGE 286
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#route-map dempsey Dell(config-route-map)# show config — displays the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command.
PAGE 287
set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 288
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 289
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Defaults none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Not configured.
PAGE 290
Defaults level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 291
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default localpreference command.
PAGE 292
Related Commands set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command.
PAGE 293
set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 294
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 295
Related Commands set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter.
PAGE 296
show config Display the current route map configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 297
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 298
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands. Dell(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# match as-path — matches on routes contain a specific AS-PATH.
PAGE 299
IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to configure IP community lists on the switch. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. C9000 Series Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 300
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 300 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 301
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 302
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 303
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 304
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 305
The default is Active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 306
Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router. ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. C9000 Series Syntax ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 307
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 308
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 309
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 310
detail Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed information about BFD neighbors. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.
PAGE 311
Number Number Number Number Dell# Related Commands of of of of packets sent to neighbor: 314 state changes: 2 messages from IFA about port state change: 0 messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors.
PAGE 312
Usage Information 312 Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP.
PAGE 313
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 314
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for IPv6 VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
PAGE 315
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 316
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements.
PAGE 317
To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 318
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 319
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations.
PAGE 320
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 321
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C9000 Series Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 322
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors.
PAGE 323
Usage Information To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS number, configure your system. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation.
PAGE 324
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. C9000 Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map mapname] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
PAGE 325
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths — views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
PAGE 326
Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
PAGE 327
If you disable the enforce-first-as command, it can be viewed using the show ip protocols command. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — views the information the BGP neighbors exchange. show ip protocols — views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
PAGE 328
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
PAGE 329
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled.
PAGE 330
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 331
Usage Information This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes. During the nexthop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not. The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent. Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command.
PAGE 332
Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands show ip protocols — views information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the E-Series. bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router.
PAGE 333
To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.
PAGE 334
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
PAGE 335
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1–65535.65535> | A.B.C.D {soft {in | out}} | X:X:X:X::X {soft {in | out}} | dampening | flap-statistics | ipv4 | ipv6 | peer-group] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all BGP sessions corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 336
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP.
PAGE 337
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths.
PAGE 338
● { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 339
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv6 unicast routes. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to reset soft configuration. in Enter the keyword in to re-configure soft inbound updates. out Enter the keyword out to re-configure soft outbound updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 340
dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening. events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications.
PAGE 341
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 342
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 343
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 344
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv6 support. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 345
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command.
PAGE 347
Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for denying traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 348
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 349
To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is from 2 to 64. none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 350
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI.
PAGE 351
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 352
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 353
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group.
PAGE 354
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 355
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related Commands ip as-path access-list — configures IP AS-Path ACL. neighbor filter-list — assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map — assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor dmzlink-bw Attach a Link Bandwidth to received routes.
PAGE 356
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} ebgp-multihop command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 357
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address.
PAGE 358
Usage Information To enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters to deny or permit BGP routes based on information in their AS-PATH attribute, use the ip as-path access-list command in CONFIGURATION mode. Related Commands ip as-path access-list — enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters. neighbor graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor.
PAGE 359
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [no-prepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 360
Defaults maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75.
PAGE 361
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the all keyword on the S4810, S4820, S4048–ON, S3048–ON, S3100 series, S6010–ON, S4040T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100– ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 362
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established.
PAGE 363
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 364
Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as — assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown — disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 365
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 366
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 367
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 368
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed. The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster.
PAGE 369
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.
PAGE 370
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 371
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 372
When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: ● the lower of the holdtime value is the new holdtime value, and ● whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value, is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the system to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
PAGE 373
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Defaults Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 374
● ● ● ● ● ● ● match ip address set community set local-preference set metric set next-hop set origin set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 375
To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 376
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 377
If you do not configure the default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor default-originate command. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route.
PAGE 378
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes. When you set the route-map with metric-type internal and apply outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-groups have the IGP cost set as MED.
PAGE 379
set extcommunity bandwidth Set extended community bandwidth for handling inbound and outbound policies. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command. Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to enable extended community bandwidth. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 380
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell(conf-router_bgp)#show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 381
Example Related Commands Dell(conf-router_bgp)#show config ! router bgp 45 neighbor suzanne peer-group neighbor suzanne no shutdown neighbor sara peer-group neighbor sara shutdown neighbor 13.14.15.20 peer-group suzanne neighbor 13.14.15.20 shutdown neighbor 123.34.55.123 peer-group suzanne neighbor 123.34.55.123 shutdown Dell(conf-router_bgp)# capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 382
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. In BGP, this command displays the exact reason why the route is discarded. The following describes the show ip bgp command shown in the following example.
PAGE 383
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view cluster information of BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 384
Example Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *>I 500 *>I *>I Network 55.0.0.0/24 600 i 66.0.0.0/24 77.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 Metric 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.
PAGE 385
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 386
no-advertise community) no-export aa:nn | Do not advertise to any peer (well-known Do not export to next AS (well-known community) Community number in aa:nn format Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp community BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 387
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 388
Communities : 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 389
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 390
74857 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOr
PAGE 391
AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d300 : AfNetCtxAddr 1101112392 : AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 392
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. Example Dell#show run extcommunity-list ! ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 393
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 394
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 395
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping.
PAGE 396
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example.
PAGE 397
show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange.
PAGE 398
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option.
PAGE 399
The Lines Beginning with: Description Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, ASPATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
PAGE 400
Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset never Local host: 172.16.0.1, Local port: 58145 Foreign host: 172.16.0.2, Foreign port: 179 Dell# Related Commands show ip bgp — views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status.
PAGE 401
Example Field Description Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned. If the route is down, this field displays time elapsed since the route went down. Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database.
PAGE 402
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute.
PAGE 403
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths as-path command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS-Paths. AS-Path Displays the AS paths for this route, with the origin code for the route listed last.
PAGE 404
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example.
PAGE 405
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 406
Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands ● neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. ● neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 407
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 408
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 409
Field Description MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group.
PAGE 410
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 411
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Version Platform Support 9.9(0.0) C9010 9.2(1.0) Z9500 7.8.1.0 TeraScale and C-Series (MBGP for IPv6) 7.8.1.0 S-Series (MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only) 8.2.1.
PAGE 412
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 413
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 414
Example Field Description Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 415
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 416
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters Defaults line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 417
Usage Information Example This mode changes the prompt. Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters Defaults extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
PAGE 418
Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin). as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value).
PAGE 419
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
PAGE 420
Usage Information Related Commands If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: ● If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. ● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 421
● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. Related Commands set extcommunity rt — sets the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. C9000 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information.
PAGE 422
300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 423
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 424
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
PAGE 425
address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C9000 Series Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 426
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 427
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 428
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 429
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 430
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 431
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
PAGE 432
incremented. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable enforce-first-as, you can view it using the show ip protocols command. Related Commands ● show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. ● show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
PAGE 433
When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2– or 4-Byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 434
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems.
PAGE 435
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 436
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 437
Version Description 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 438
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. ● show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 439
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 440
multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies.
PAGE 441
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 442
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] Parameters network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128.
PAGE 443
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 444
Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
PAGE 445
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 446
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 447
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 448
Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
PAGE 449
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 450
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 451
seconds Defaults Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. ● seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) ● seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 452
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 453
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
PAGE 454
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled.
PAGE 455
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 456
Defaults threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached.
PAGE 457
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
PAGE 458
● show ip bgp peer-group – view BGP peers. ● show ip bgp neighborsshow ip bgp neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured.
PAGE 459
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 460
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 461
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster.
PAGE 462
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 463
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters Defaults subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0::0/0.
PAGE 464
The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands ● show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. ● show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 465
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 466
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
PAGE 467
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: name ● ● ● ● match ipv6 address match ipv6 next-hop match ipv6 route-source set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 468
Usage Information Though the software does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 469
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external | 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
PAGE 470
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 471
neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
PAGE 472
● ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. ● [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
PAGE 473
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 474
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
PAGE 475
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 476
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 477
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 478
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 479
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path.
PAGE 480
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 481
BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 482
To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtimer Enter the time interval in seconds which the software waits since the last keepalive message before declaring a BGP peer dead. The range is 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds.
PAGE 483
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 484
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 485
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 486
vman-dual-qos number Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS. The range is from 0 to 4. Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL. The range is from 0 to 8. Openflow number Enter the keyword openflow and then the number of FP blocks for open flow (multiples of 4). The range is from 0 to 8. fcoeacl number Enter the keyword fcoeacl and then the number of FP blocks for FCOE ACL. The range is from 0 to 6.
PAGE 487
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 12 number of blocks can be configured by the user .
PAGE 488
cam-acl-egress-pe Allocate CAM for egress ACLs on the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress-pe {12acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Defaults l2acl Allocates space for the L2 ACL. The default value is 5 ipv4acl Allocates space for the L3 ACL. The default value is 2. ipv6acl Allocates space for the IPv6 L3 ACL. The default value is 2 None Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 489
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Guidelines Select the CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, and Policy-based Routing (PBR). Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-memor copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 12 FP Blocks.
PAGE 490
show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 491
Usage Information Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: ● L3AclCam ● L2AclCam ● V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 2. show cam-usage Command Description.
PAGE 492
12286 1022 Example 3 Example 4 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Dell#show cam-usage router Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|============| ============== 11 | 0 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | 3 | 8189 | | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | 196606 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | 2878 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | 9215 | | IN-L
PAGE 493
show cam-acl-pe Display details of global ingress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-pe Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 494
Usage Information Example The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl-egress-pe command. This command only displays the details of CAM ACL egress profiles configured globally on the PE. It does not display CAM ACL egress profiles for each PE.
PAGE 495
Example Term Explanation Linecard Lists the line cards that are checked. Entering all displays the status for line cards in the chassis. Portpipe Lists the port pipes (port sets) that are checked. Entering all displays the status for all line cards and port pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
PAGE 496
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch. Dell#show hardware forwarding-table mode Mode L2 MAC Entries L3 Host Entries L3 Route Entries : : : : Current Settings Default 160K 144K 16K Next Boot Settings scaled-l3-hosts 96K 208K 16K Dell# Related Commands hardware forwarding-table mode — selects the mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table.
PAGE 497
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 498
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 499
Example Dell#clear control-traffic queue 2 counters Dell# control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 500
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP.
PAGE 501
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe ] counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for rate-limited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
PAGE 502
GVRP 14988129080 ARP RESP/ARP REQ 29604578172 802.
PAGE 503
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 504
Usage Information Example: C9000 Series Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command displays the currently configured control-plane queue rate at the aggregated switch.
PAGE 505
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 506
Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 507
Example Dell#show mac protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType EgPort Rate (kbps) --------------------------------------------ARP any 0x0806 RP 100 FRRP 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 any LP 300 LACP 01:80:c2:00:00:02 0x8809 RP 500 LLDP any 0x88cc CP 500 GVRP 01:80:c2:00:00:21 any RP 200 STP 01:80:c2:00:00:00 any RP 150 ISIS 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 any RP 500 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any RP 500 Queue ----Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 CP/ Q19 Q13 Q6 Q12 Q13 Q13 Q13 show protocol-queue-mapping Display the protocol-queue m
PAGE 508
STP 150 1000 LLDP 500 1000 PVST 200 1000 LACP 500 1000 ARP 100 800 GVRP 200 1000 FRRP 300 1000 ECFM 150 1000 ISIS 500 3000 L2PT 150 1000 v6 BGP 2500 2000 v6 OSPF 2500 2000 v6 VRRP 400 2000 MLD 150 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 100 500 IPv6 DHCP 1200 2000 v6 RAGUARD 600 1000 v6 ICMP NA 600 1000 v6 ICMP RA 600 1000 v6 ICMP NS 600 1000 v6 ICMP RS 600 1000 v6 ICMP 300 2000 BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 509
FTP 400 3000 TELNET 400 2000 SSH 400 2000 VLT GARP 500 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - HA 2000 3000 VLT CTRL 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 VLT TTL1 100 500 HYPERPULL 500 1000 OPENFLOW 300 1000 FEFD 150 1000 TRACEFLOW 200 500 FCoE 300 2000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 200 3000 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 200 500 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 ACL LOGGING 200 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 200 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN
PAGE 510
TELNET 400 2000 SSH 400 2000 VLT GARP 500 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU 2000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 510 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Q3 Q3 Q3/Q10 Q3 Q3/Q10 Q3/Q10 Q3 2000 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 CP 400 CP 400 CP/RP 500 CP 2000 CP/RP 2000 CP/RP 500 CP 400
PAGE 511
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 512
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 513
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority — displays the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit.
PAGE 514
dcb-input To apply pause or flow control for specified priorities using a configure delay time, create a DCB input policy. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-input policy-name To delete the DCB input policy, use the no dcb-input command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 515
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 516
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 517
● The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on the switch is two. The following lists the dot1p priority-queue assignments dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command.
PAGE 518
Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 519
Example Dell# show dcb stack-unit 1 port-set 0 DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority View the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. Syntax Parameters show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit stack-unit-number port-set port-pipe stack-unit stack- Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 unit-number to 5.
PAGE 520
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command.
PAGE 521
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: SCSI TLV Tx Status Status of ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Local ISCSI Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 522
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Re
PAGE 523
show interface pfc statistics Display counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 524
Te Te Te Te Te Te 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -----------------------------------------------------------------------Te 10/1 P0 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P1 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P2 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P3 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P4 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P5 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P6 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P7 0 0 0 ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 525
Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-input policy command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface.
PAGE 526
dcb-policy output Apply the output policy with the ETS configuration to an egress interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy output policy-name To delete the output policy, use the no dcb-policy output command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Enter the output policy name. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 527
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 528
Field Description Max Supported TC Group Maximum number of priority groups supported. Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 529
4 5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco
PAGE 530
7 - - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is
PAGE 531
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
PAGE 532
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% % BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) TSA Burst(KB) --------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 533
Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 - - - - - ETS - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell N
PAGE 534
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco.
PAGE 535
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports.
PAGE 536
debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters Defaults {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers.
PAGE 537
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 538
show interface dcbx detail Display the DCBX configuration on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 539
Field Description Local DCBX DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port autoConfigured mode configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at Transmitted the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs.
PAGE 540
E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Oper
PAGE 541
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 542
Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.
PAGE 543
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 544
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validaiton is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 545
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode.
PAGE 546
Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities.
PAGE 547
size Default Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 548
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues.
PAGE 549
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. Syntax Parameters show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit number resource X history Y stack-unit unit- number buffer-statssnapshot unit Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
PAGE 550
following informational message is displayed on the console:%Info: Data for instance id id is not available. For example, if you configured 5 as the maximum instances with linear periodicity and a polling interval of 10 seconds, 1 as the multiplier, then 5 instances will be polled at 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 seconds incrementally. If you attempt to enter the show command to display the fifth instance after 30 seconds of enabling polling, the aforementioned information message is shown.
PAGE 551
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------
PAGE 552
Example: Number If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only of instances two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 553
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCA
PAGE 554
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS ----------------------------------
PAGE 555
PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilo
PAGE 556
The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support. Although the queue limit per port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer.
PAGE 557
Field Description pause-threshold- Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. value Example resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
PAGE 558
-------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface gigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20/1 pfc buffer-thre
PAGE 559
dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb {ets | pfc} enable ● To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. ● To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3 (0.
PAGE 560
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Offline Diagnostic Commands ● Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 561
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7. alllevels Enter the keyword all levels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
PAGE 562
At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport{CP/LP/RP}-N.txt, where {CP/LP/RP}-N identifies the CPU and CPU ID on which the diagnostics were run: Route Processor 0, Control Processor 0, and a line-card CPU {0–2}. The report is stored at flash:// and ramdisk:/diagnostic. Offline diag test reports for port extender (PE) are stored in the following directory: flash:/default_diag_report_dir.
PAGE 563
offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests. C9000 Series Syntax offline system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 564
NOTE: The pe option is only available when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack—unit unit-number parameters to display the offline diagnostic test results of a specified stack-unit. information Enter the keyword information to view the current diag information in the system. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic test run on a specified line card.
PAGE 565
Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ... rtcTest Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell#show file TestReport-LP-0.
PAGE 566
Starting test: pcieScanTest ...... 17 PCI devices installed out of 17 pcieScanTest ................................................ PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: showTemperature ...... +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[0] is 42.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[1] is 33.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[2] is 34.0 C +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[3] is 255.
PAGE 567
fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rt
PAGE 568
show diag information Display the status of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax show diag information From a PE console, use the show diag information command to view the current diag information in the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 569
Linecard slot 5: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 6: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 7: Not present. Linecard slot 8: Not present. Linecard slot 9: Not present. Linecard slot 10: Not present. Linecard slot 11: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline).
PAGE 570
partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests.
PAGE 571
opticPresenceTest: pcieScanTest: rtcTest: sataSsdTest: showOpticsTemperature: showTemperature: slotInfoTest: spiFlashAccessTest: ssdFlashFileSystemStressTest: udfLinkStatus: xeLinkSpeedTest: xeLinkStatusTest: Example (pe) ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO N
PAGE 572
sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: Example (PE Console) ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RU
PAGE 573
rtcBattery: rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL
PAGE 574
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
PAGE 575
● port port-num statistics: Clears statistics on a specified party-bus internal port. ● port all: Clear statistics on all party-bus internal ports. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe with a port extender (PE) ID to clear hardware statistics for a specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 576
Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to identify the line card on which you want to clear system-flow statistics. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. pe pe-id Enter the pe pe-id parameters to specify the port extender ID for which you want to clear system-flow statistics. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 577
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 578
Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Control Processor. The command options are: ● cpu data-plane: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c: Displays active i2c-interface statistics. ● cpu management: Displays management port counters. ● cpu sata-interface: Displays sata-interface error counter-statistics.
PAGE 579
● ● ● ● pe pe-id stack unit unit-number ○ register: Displays the line-card internal registers. ○ table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. bp-link-map: Displays the backplane links (between leaf/port and spine/ fabric) on a specified line card. bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card. hg-stats unit unit-num port port-num: Displays input and output statistics for a HiGig port (NPU port number) on a specified line card.
PAGE 580
● port-stats: Displays status about why an SFM port is not brought up to register level. ● register: Displays the internal registers for each switch fabric. ● table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. system Enter the keyword system to display the current status of the system hardware. The command options are: ● system {bp-link-state}: Displays the statistics related to the backplane link state bit map. ● system {bp-link-state linKId range}: Displays the status of the specified link.
PAGE 581
TX Excessive collisions = 0 TX total collisions = 0 TX Drops = 0 TX Jabber = 0 TX FCS errors = 0 TX Control frames = 0 TX oversize frames = 0 TX undersize frames = 0 TX fragments = 0 Bytes received = 0 Frames received = 2868 Bcast frames recvd = 24 Mcast frames recvd = 0 Control frames received = 0 Pause frames received = 0 FCS Errors = 0 Alignment errors = 0 Undersize frames recvd = 0 Oversize frames recvd = 0 Fragments = 0 Jabber = 0 Dropped Frames = 0 Under/oversized frames = 0 FLR frames = 0 RCDE frames
PAGE 582
Rx Rx Rx Rx Example (Linecard: Drops) Jumbo Packets = 0 Symbol Errros = 0 In Range Errors = 0 OutofRange Errors = 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops UNIT No: 0 Total Ingress Drops Total IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops Total EgMac Drops Total Egress Drops Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) 582 : : : : : 3235 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 0 18
PAGE 583
0 0 0 0 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Internal Internal Internal Internal 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Dro
PAGE 584
frame 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) 584 port link duplex scan neg? back xe0 !ena 40G FD SW No state pause discrd ops face Forward Tag F CR4 xe1 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe2 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe3 up 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F SR4 xe4 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag
PAGE 585
0x0400010b 0x04000141 0x0400014a 0x0400014b 0x0400014c 0x0400014d 0x0400014e 0x0400014f 0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x5600
PAGE 586
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl3 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl4 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl5 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 587
The total no of FP & CSF Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of FP Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 18 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 12 The CPU Port of the device is 0 The starting unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Pr
PAGE 588
The The The The The The tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp tm-tp for for for for for for Index Index Index Index Index Index 6 is 7 is 8 is 9 is 10 is 11 is : : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 : -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id
PAGE 589
LinkId NpuId/PortId 112 1/54 113 1/55 114 2/54 115 2/55 Back Plane GE Links ____________________________________ LinkId NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) 138 0/49 139 1/49 140 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) Dell#show ha
PAGE 590
rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :15451 transmitted :15250 txRequested :15250 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txInternalError :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0 ) :0 txPkt(COS1 ) :0 txPkt(COS2 ) :0 txPkt(COS3 ) :0 txPkt(COS4 ) :0 txPkt(COS5 ) :0 txPkt(COS6 ) :0 txPkt(COS7 ) :0 txPkt(COS8 ) :0 txPkt(COS9 ) :0 txPkt(COS10) :0 txPkt(COS11) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingr
PAGE 591
show hardware buffer Display buffer statistics for a specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware {interface interface [buffer-info | priority-group [group number | all] | queue [queue number | all]] interface interface Enter the keyword interface then type one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet.
PAGE 592
0 Example (queue all) Related Commands 592 - 19584 0 STATIC 174 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware buffer interface peGigE 10/1/1 queue all buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue 0 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue
PAGE 593
show hardware ip Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a line card and port pipe. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware ip {eg-acl | in-acl | qos} linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stackunit unit-number port-set port-pipe eg-acl Enter the keyword eg-acl to display Layer 3 egress acl data. in-acl Enter the keyword in-acl to display Layer 3 ingress acl data. qos Enter the keyword qos to display QoS data. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a line card.
PAGE 594
Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00001101: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Stage
PAGE 595
Stage SrcIp Offset: 153 Width: 32 DATA=0x02020201 MASK=0xffffffff action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=EtagNew, param0=327687(0x50007), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 166 slice = 5 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00000e01: gid=0x2, slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xe01, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, IpType Offset: 325 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e InPort DATA=0x0000000000000
PAGE 596
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 597
policer= statistics={stat id 110 Usage Information slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} The port-set values are internal port numbers. show hardware mac Display information about the MAC ACLs used on a line card and port-sets.
PAGE 598
slice=6, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xc00, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPort DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 SrcMac Offset: 89 Width: 48 DATA=0x00000000 08000000 MASK=0x0000ffff
PAGE 599
pe peid Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to display the counters for a specified PE. The PE ID ranges is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number Enter the keyword stack-unit and unit number to display the counters for the specified stack-unit. The stack unit range is from 0 to 7. port set port- Enter the keyword port-set and port-pipe number. The port-set number is 0.
PAGE 600
MASK=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080151 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=5(0x5), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 59 slice = 0 idx=16 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic des
PAGE 601
param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 61 slice = 0 idx=18 entries=1}{Packets} tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. C9000 Series Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-filecount value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 602
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Use the tcpdump command to perform a packet capture on a specified switch CPU: Control Processor (CP) or Route Processor (RP). You can use the capture-duration timer and the packet-count counter at the same time. The TCP dump stops when the first of the thresholds is met.
PAGE 603
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 604
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table.
PAGE 605
Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 9 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 606
Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#ip address dhcp Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#no ip address dhcp Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#do show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 607
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 608
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. C9000 Series Syntax dns-server address [address2...address8] Parameters Defaults address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 609
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
PAGE 610
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool.
PAGE 611
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 612
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can enter the ip address dhcp relay information and the vendor-class indentifier, for example: ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac vendor-classidentifier Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server.
PAGE 613
ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet Enable DHCP relay secondary-subnet on all the interfaces in a switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp relay seconday-subnet To disable the dhcp relay secondary-subnet, use theno ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 614
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client.
PAGE 615
lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 616
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C9000 Series Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: ● ● ● ● Defaults Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node.
PAGE 617
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 618
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 619
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp configuration global Protocol status : Enabled Number of ping packets : 1 Dell# Dell# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 620
show ip dhcp lease Display lease information about the dynamic IP address currently assigned to a DHCP client interface. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp lease [interface type slot/port] Parameters interface type slot/port Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP lease information for a specified interface. The valid interface types are: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet.
PAGE 621
Manual bindings Expired bindings Malformed messages 0 1 0 Message BOOTREQUEST DHCPDISCOVER DHCPREQUEST DHCPDECLINE DHCPRELEASE DHCPINFORM Received 0 10 16 0 8 0 Message BOOTREPLY DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK Sent 0 10 16 0 Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 622
arp inspection-trust Specify a port or an interface as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes ● INTERFACE ● INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL ● INTERFACE PORT EXTENDER (conf-if-pegi-pe-id/Unit/Port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 623
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] [vpn] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
PAGE 624
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.
PAGE 625
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id /stack-unit / port-id information. Defaults slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 626
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 627
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload.
PAGE 628
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted.
PAGE 629
show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 630
● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port—ID range is 0 –47. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 631
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 632
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode.
PAGE 633
crc32LSB | xor1 | ● crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16-bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial xor2 | xor4 | xor8 ● crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 | xor16 } ● crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 ● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xo
PAGE 634
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis.
PAGE 635
linecard slot-id port-set port- pipe Defaults Enter the linecard slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you want to redistribute traffic flows. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0. crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 636
Parameters Defaults seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 4095. linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the linecard port-pipe number. 32–bit Chassis MAC Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 637
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations.
PAGE 638
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 639
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 640
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 641
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 642
ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.
PAGE 643
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 644
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is twelve. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32 by default. You can configure up to 64 sessions. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs.
PAGE 645
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 646
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. NOTE: This command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 647
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 648
Field Description FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. D No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 649
Example Field Description FCF Interface Slot/ port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
PAGE 650
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 651
Example Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 652
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
PAGE 653
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 654
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 655
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. C9000 Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Command History Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 656
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmacmd5,hmac-md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled.
PAGE 657
● ● ● ● aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes256-ctr encryption cipher. aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes256-cbc encryption cipher. aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher.
PAGE 658
Related Commands Usage Information ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client-public keys. Both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing are supported. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 659
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 660
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 661
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows.
PAGE 662
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 663
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 664
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 665
disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 666
● Fast Ethernet interface: enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. ● Port Channel interface: enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information control-vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 667
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 668
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C9000 Series Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 669
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 670
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. C9000 Series Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {deadinterval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds dead-interval milliseconds Defaults Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 671
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 672
• • • • • protocol gvrp show config show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 673
event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 674
Related Commands gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds.
PAGE 675
● Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 676
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 677
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 678
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 679
Example Related Commands R3# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled. Port GVRP Status Edge-Port ---------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Disabled No Te 1/1 Disabled No Te 1/2 Enabled No Te 1/3 Disabled No Te 1/4 Disabled No Te 1/5 Disabled No Te 1/6 Disabled No Te 1/7 Disabled No Te 1/8 Disabled No R3# show gvrp brief show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 680
● The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: ● Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state).
PAGE 681
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 682
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command.
PAGE 683
Usage Information Example: PE Enabling this command keeps the failed module (RPM, PE, or Linecard) in the failed state. If there are two RPMs or PEs in the system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM or PE from becoming a working Standby RPM or PE. If there is only one RPM or PE in the system, the failed RPM or PE does not recover and affects the system.
PAGE 684
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters Default rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 685
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#redundancy reset-counter pe 1 redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 686
From a PE console, use show redundancy to view the current high availability (HA) status for a specified port extender unit. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to display the current redundancy configuration of the specified port extender unit. Range is from 0 to 255 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 687
Field Description ● the status of auto booting the RPM (the redundancy disable-autoreboot command) ● the parameter for auto failover limit control (the redundancy autofailover-limit command) RPM Failover Record Last Data Sync Record Displays the following information: ● RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy resetcounter command) ● the time and date of the last RPM failover ● the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sy
PAGE 688
Mgmt ID: pe ID: pe Redundancy Role: pe State: pe SW Version: Link to Peer: 0 0 Primary Active 1-0(0-4098) Up -- PEER pe Status ------------------------------------------------pe State: Standby Peer pe stack unit ID: 2 pe SW Version: 1-0(0-4098) -- pe Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary pe: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot pe: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- pe Failover Record -------------------------
PAGE 689
21 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: ● ● ● ● Basic Interface Commands EIS Commands Port Channel Commands High-Gigabit Port Channel Commands Topics: • • • • Basic Interface Commands Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands Port Channel Commands HiGig Port Channel Commands Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 690
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. Defaults vrrp [[ipv6] vrid ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6.
PAGE 691
NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 692
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear dampening [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 693
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
PAGE 694
Related Commands ● clear dampening — clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
PAGE 695
default interface Resets a physical interface to its factory-default settings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters default interface interface slot/port-range interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 696
Dell#show running-config interface vlan 33 ! interface Vlan 33 private-vlan mode isolated no ip address shutdown Related Commands show running-config— displays the current configuration. duplex (Management) Set the mode of the Management and Port Extender Gigabit Ethernet (PeGigE) interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command.
PAGE 697
flowcontrol Enable and disable link-level flow control (802.3x pause frames) on an interface and (optionally) configure buffer thresholds for pause and offset frame transmission. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults flowcontrol rx {off | on} tx {off | on} [pause-threshold {1-12480}] [resume-offset {1-12480}] rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port.
PAGE 698
The discard threshold defines when the interface starts dropping the packet on the interface. This may be necessary when a connected device does not honor the flow control frame sent by the switch. The discard threshold should be larger than the buffer threshold so that the buffer holds at least hold at least three packets. Changes in the flow-control values may not be reflected automatically in the show interface output.
PAGE 699
● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383. ● For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information. ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 700
By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are not assigned to an IP address or switchport. To place an interface in Layer 2 mode, ensure that the interface’s configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command. You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command.
PAGE 701
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 702
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 703
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# ● ● ● ● ● interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 705
Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration. Dell(config)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1 - 23 Dell(config-if-range)# no shutdown Dell(config-if-range)# Example (peGigE-Single Range) This example shows single range configuration for PE Gigabit Ethernet ports.
PAGE 706
● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 707
interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 708
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported. For more information, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter.
PAGE 709
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch.
PAGE 710
● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 711
Example Key Description a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the previous line card in the chassis. T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate. q Return to the CLI prompt. Dell# monitor interface fortyGigE 2 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 3 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 712
T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 713
pps pps pps pps Over 64B packets: Over 127B packets: Over 255B packets: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 pps 0 Input overrun: 0 0 pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps
PAGE 714
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header.
PAGE 715
To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 716
Example (Vlan) Related Commands Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# no untagged te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)# interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# no tagged te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# interface te 2/0 Dell(conf-if-te-2/0)# no portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# ● show interfaces switchport — displays the configuration of switchport (Layer 2) interfaces on the switch. ● switchport — places the interface in a Layer 2 mode.
PAGE 717
show config Display the interface configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 718
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 719
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. NOTE: The peGigE option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 720
Line Description TenGigabitEther net 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 721
Line Description ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Example Usage Information Vlans = number of VLAN tagged packets throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing collisions = number of packet collisions wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds).
PAGE 722
number of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example show interfaces FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 723
Time since last interface status change: 01:21:35 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Example (TenGigabit Interface— range of ports) Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 6/1-4 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR M
PAGE 724
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 725
Wavelength unknown Interface index is 7340548 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002097 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:27:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broad
PAGE 726
Output 1238.00 Mbits/sec, 193222 packets/sec, 12.
PAGE 727
Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Interface) Example (PE Console) Dell#show interfaces p
PAGE 728
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 729
94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 730
Port-channel 257 is up, line protocol is up Created by Auto LAG Hardware address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a, Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1258422784 Minimum number of links to bring Port-channel up is 1 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Members in this channel: Te 1/1(U) ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 7995
PAGE 731
● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
PAGE 732
MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 04:24:39 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 20998413 packets, 16777169337 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 807800 over 64-byte pkts, 1848271 over 127-byte pkts 3694162 over 255-byte pkts, 7388878 over 511-byte pkts, 7259302 over 1023-byte pkts 177 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 20998236 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output
PAGE 733
Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 111 packets, 7104 bytes 111 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 111 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 111 packets, 7104 bytes, 0 underruns 111 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 111 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unic
PAGE 734
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 735
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 255/1/39 255/1/40 255/1/41 255/1/42 255/1/43 255/1/44 255/1/45 255/1/46 255/1/47 255/1/48 255/2/1 255/2/2 255/2
PAGE 736
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up 1 1 1 1
PAGE 737
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces tengigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled.
PAGE 738
Example Example (port range) Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegF
PAGE 739
1000MegHalfDplx : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Interface Name Mode Control SpeedSelection AutoNeg Loopback PowerDown Isolate DuplexMode :GigabitEthernet 1/2 : : : : : : 10b ON False True False Full Mode Status AutoNegComplete RemoteFault LinkStatus JabberDetect : : : : False False Down False Auto
PAGE 740
show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces [interface | linecard slot-number] status Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port (ports or port-range) information.
PAGE 741
To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, show interfaces status FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11. To enter any random number of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example show interfaces status FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces.
PAGE 742
Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 255/1/12 PeGi 255/1/13 PeGi 255/1/14 PeGi 255/1/15 PeGi 255/1/16 PeGi 255/1/17 PeGi 255/1/18 PeGi 255/1/19 PeGi 255/1/20 PeGi 255/1/21 PeGi 255/1/22 PeGi 255/1/23 PeGi 255/1/24 PeGi 255/1/25 PeGi 255/1/26 PeGi 255/1/27 PeGi 255/1/28 PeGi 255/1/29 PeGi 2
PAGE 743
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 255/2/11 255/2/12 255/2/13 255/2/14 255/2/15 255/2/16 255/2/17 255/2/18 255/2/19 255/2/20 255/2/21 255/2/22 255/2/23 255/2/24 255/2/25 255/2/26 255/2/2
PAGE 744
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Down Up Down Down Up Up Up Down Up Up 1000 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 Auto Auto 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 1000 Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Full Full Full Full Auto Full Auto Auto Full Full Full Auto Full Full ------------111 111 show interfaces — displays infor
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 746
Name: peGigE 255/1/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/38 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/39 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/40 (Port-channel 111) 802.
PAGE 747
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Example (port range) Dell#show interfaces switchport tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 Codes: tagged U x G i - Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I-Internal tagged, v-VLT untagged, V-VLT Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 802.
PAGE 748
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Output augmented with diagnostic data for pluggable media. 7.7.1.
PAGE 749
Line Description Bias High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 750
Line Description Voltage High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias power value displayed above. Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 751
SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP SFP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Connector = 0x07 Transciever Code = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x20 0x40 0x0c 0x05 Encoding = 0x01 BR Nominal = 0x15 Length(9um) Km = 0x00 Length(9um) 100m = 0x00 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e Length(62.
PAGE 752
Exampletengigabitethern et (port-range) Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-2 transceiver Interface Name :TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 SFP is present SFP+ 0 Serial Base ID fields SFP+ 0 Id = 0x03 SFP+ 0 Ext Id = 0x04 SFP+ 0 Connector = 0x07 SFP+ 0 Transceiver Code = 0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 SFP+ 0 Encoding = 0x06 SFP+ 0 BR Nominal = 0x67 SFP+ 0 Length(SFM) Km = 0x00 SFP+ 0 Length(OM3) 2m = 0x00 SFP+ 0 Length(OM2) 1m = 0x08 SFP+ 0 Length(OM1) 1m = 0x03 SFP+ 0 Length(Copper) 1m = 0x00 SFP+
PAGE 753
SFP+ 0 Rx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Temperature Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag =================================== SFP+ 0 Temperature High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Rx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Temperature Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Bias Low Warning Flag SFP+ 0 Tx Power L
PAGE 754
SFP+ 1 Voltage SFP+ 1 Tx Bias Current SFP+ 1 Tx Power SFP+ 1 Rx Power =================================== SFP+ 1 Data Ready state Bar SFP+ 1 Rx LOS state SFP+ 1 Tx Fault state SFP+ 1 Rate Select state SFP+ 1 RS state SFP+ 1 Tx Disable state =================================== SFP+ 1 Temperature High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power High Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx
PAGE 755
Example Related Commands Dell#show interfaces vlan 10 Vlan 10 is up, line protocol is down Address is 90:b1:1c:f4:99:ce, Current address is 90:b1:1c:f4:99:ce Interface index is 1107787786 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment: NONE DHCP Client-ID: 90b11cf499ce MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h26m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 2d17h26m Input Statistic
PAGE 756
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). C9000 Series Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 757
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior. When a VLAN is disabled, the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled. Layer 2 traffic continues to flow.
PAGE 758
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000/10000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 759
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only.
PAGE 760
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the port-channel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 761
Related Commands ● show config — displays the interface configuration. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. C9000 Series Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command.
PAGE 762
clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. C9000 Series Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 763
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 764
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 765
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. C9000 Series Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port, peid/stack-unit/ port-id, or number information: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 766
MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU. When an interface is removed from a Port Channel with the no channel-member command, the interface reverts to its configuration prior to joining the Port Channel. An interface can belong to only one Port Channel. Related Commands description — assigns a descriptive text string to the interface. interface port-channel — creates a Port Channel interface. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel.
PAGE 767
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing sixteen physical interfaces on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters Defaults channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Not configured.
PAGE 768
NOTE: In a Jumbo-enabled system, all members of a Port Channel must be configured with the same link MTU values and the same IP MTU values. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# int port-channel 2 Dell(conf-if-po-2)# channel-member — adds a physical interface to the LAG. interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel.
PAGE 769
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 770
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 771
of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example show interfaces port-channel 1,7 NOTE: The port-range option is only available for 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, FC, Port Channel, and VLAN interfaces. The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Example (peGigE) Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status.
PAGE 772
Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 31035168 packets, 24674745108 bytes 17 64-byte pkts, 1278919 over 64-byte pkts, 2729921 over 127-byte pkts 5457788 over 255-byte pkts, 10924046 over 511-byte pkts, 10644476 over 1023-byte pkts 497 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 31034654 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 30771019 packets, 24493783827 bytes, 0 underruns 16 64-byte pkts, 1247561 over 64-byte pkts, 2706754 over 127-byte pkts 5417155 over 255-byte pkts, 1
PAGE 773
Field Description Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). ● In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. ● In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
PAGE 774
source-ip address destination-ip address source-port number destination-port number source-mac address destination-mac Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. The range is from 1 to 65536.
PAGE 775
Example: peGigE Dell#show port-channel-flow port-channel 111 incoming-interface pegigE 111/0/33 src-mac 00:01:0b:00:00:00 dest-mac 00:01:0b:00:03:00 vlan 111 ethertype ff:ff Egress Port information for port-channel 111, for the given flow,is PeGi 111/0/38. HiGig Port Channel Commands High-Gigabit Ethernet (HiGig) port channels are used to transmit data between internal backplane ports on line-card (leaf) and switch fabric module (SFM - spine) network processing units (NPUs).
PAGE 776
Example Version Description 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 777
Usage Information You can configure HiGig link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven. The formula that determines uneven traffic distribution is predefined. hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle.
PAGE 778
time interval between measurements is defined by the rate interval for HiGig link polling (default 15 seconds). show hardware hg-stats Display the traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware {sfm npu-id | linecard slot} hg-stats {port hg-port—number | unit npu-id port hg-port—number} Parameters sfm npu-id Specify a switch SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID.
PAGE 779
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops 0 Green WredDrops
PAGE 780
show hg-link-bundle-distribution Display the operational status and link utilization in a HiGig link bundle. C9000 Series Syntax show hg-link-bundle-distribution {sfm npu-id hg-port—channel hg-port— channel-id | slot slot npuUnit npu-id hg-port—channel 0} enable Parameters sfm npu-id hgport-channel hg- port-channel-id Specify a HiGig port channel on a switch SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID, then hg-port-channel and a HiGig port channel ID.
PAGE 781
HiGigabitEthernet Link Bundle 0/0/0, Utilization [In Percent] - 0 Alarm State - Inactive Interface Utilization [In Percent] 0/0:hg27 0 0/0:hg28 0 0/0:hg29 0 snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when HiGig link-bundle monitoring is enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for HiGig link-bundle monitoring.
PAGE 782
22 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 783
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 784
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default.
PAGE 785
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefixlist. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 786
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. C9000 Series Syntax clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 787
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command.
PAGE 788
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF.
PAGE 789
contains graceful-restart details tied to the VRF that you specify. This information includes GR Hello, Internal State, and Event Debug details. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information.
PAGE 790
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 791
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 792
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 793
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 794
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source.
PAGE 795
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 796
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 797
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults none Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 798
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 799
network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not. For neighbors that are not graceful restart-enabled, the restarting router brings up the adjacency per the usual methods.
PAGE 800
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 801
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
PAGE 802
Parameters Defaults adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 803
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 804
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 805
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. This command accepts even if an IP address is not configured.
PAGE 806
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 807
Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas (for example, a Level 1-2 router) to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth. isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 808
To return to the default values, use the no isis hello-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2.
PAGE 809
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 810
isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information. C9000 Series Syntax isis ipv6 metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing.
PAGE 811
Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215 irrespective of the metric style. The default is 10. If metric value is configured to more than 63, system throughs the following warning:Warning: for metrics greater than 63, 'metric-style wide' should be configured on level-1-2, or it will be capped at 63. If the metric style is WIDE, the metric values that are greater than 63 are only effective.
PAGE 812
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 813
This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. C9000 Series Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64.
PAGE 814
Parameters Defaults level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 815
Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
PAGE 816
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. C9000 Series Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes.
PAGE 817
Parameters Defaults seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value must be 300 seconds less than the value specified in the max-lsp-lifetime command. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 818
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies.
PAGE 819
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. C9000 Series NOTE: You can use the maximum-paths command to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 4.
PAGE 820
Defaults transition Allows you to generate both old-style and new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 63. wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 821
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command.
PAGE 822
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 823
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute active routes into IS-IS. rip Enter the keyword rip to redistribute RIP routes into IS-IS. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute user-configured routes into IS-IS. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 824
Related Commands ● default-information originate — generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. ● distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information. redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process.
PAGE 825
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
PAGE 826
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 827
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID.
PAGE 828
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Configure the router to set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage because of an incomplete link state database. This can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovere d.
PAGE 829
Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)# show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 830
Usage Information The following describes the show isis database command shown in the following example. Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links.
PAGE 831
Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.
PAGE 832
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 833
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
PAGE 834
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell>show isis int GigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 835
Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 836
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command.
PAGE 837
Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 838
49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 839
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 840
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 841
● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 842
23 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IGMP Commands ● IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 843
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 844
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
PAGE 845
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 846
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
PAGE 847
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 848
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 849
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 850
Version Description Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 851
● Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. ● If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry completely overwrites all the static configuration for the group. Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3.
PAGE 852
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. C9000 Series Syntax show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [groupaddress [detail]]] Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 853
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 854
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 855
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 856
● ● ● ● ● ● The IGMP snooping implementation is based on draft-ietf-magma-snoop-10. The system supports IGMP snooping on JUMBO-enabled cards. IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch. A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. IGMP snooping is not supported on a default VLAN interface. IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands).
PAGE 857
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups.
PAGE 858
ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 859
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 860
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing). Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to control the flooding behavior in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 861
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 862
ip igmp snooping querier Enable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping querier To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 863
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 864
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500.
PAGE 865
24 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 866
ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 867
To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsecmanual command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 868
match Apply a match filter to the crypto policy. C9000 Series Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
PAGE 869
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. C9000 Series Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 870
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 871
Outound AH Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d 4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 0 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destinat
PAGE 872
To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-setname command. Parameters Defaults transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 873
25 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 874
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 875
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to associate an IP address with a MAC address in a dual-homing setup. NOTE: The parameters vrf, mac-address, and interface are not supported in the batch mode.
PAGE 876
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 877
Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes).
PAGE 878
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 879
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 880
Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip route {* | ip-address mask} Parameters * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes.
PAGE 881
Parameters cp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 882
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
PAGE 883
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command.
PAGE 884
Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.
PAGE 885
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.
PAGE 886
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 887
Example Usage Information IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 54, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994894, ack=606901739, win=8191 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.255, len 78, rcvd UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.
PAGE 888
deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter that drops ARP packets on egress ACL supported line cards. (For more information, refer to your line card documentation).
PAGE 889
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip address {ip-address mask [secondary] | dhcp} To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address.
PAGE 890
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 891
To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: ● specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command ● enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server. ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS).
PAGE 892
ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter one domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 893
Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremental by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 894
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command.
PAGE 895
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, the system sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. C9000 Series Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 896
Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet 22 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Tagged Packet 26 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Related Commands mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...
PAGE 897
Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 898
interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. ● For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 899
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 900
ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. C9000 Series Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 901
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the L3 host table.
PAGE 902
To return to the default setting (IP 4-tuple), use the no load-balance {ip-selection [destip | source-ip]} | {mac [dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac]} | {tcpudp | ingress-port [enable]}command. Parameters ip-selection {dest-ip | source-ip} mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: ● dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash.
PAGE 903
Related Commands hash-algorithm ecmp — changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 904
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
PAGE 905
macaddress mac- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword macaddress with a MAC address in address mask nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display the ARP entries learned with this MAC address. Enter the optional MAC address mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format also. Default static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display manually-entered ARP entries. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display dynamically-learned ARP entries. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of ARP entries.
PAGE 906
Example Dell>show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.253 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.252 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.250 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.
PAGE 907
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 908
Field Description ● If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. ● If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address. Flags Classifies the entry as one of the following: ● perm — the entry was manually configured and will not time out ● temp — the entry was learned and will time out after 72 hours of inactivity.
PAGE 909
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number of routes that can be entered into the CAM. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 910
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 1.1.32.140/32 0 0 200 00:00:00:00:1f:8a PeGigE // show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. C9000 Series Syntax show ip fib linecard linecard id {vrf //summary} Parameters linecard Displays the fib entries for the mentioned linecard id. vrf Displays the fib entries for the mentioned vrf-id. Otherwise, vrf displays the default vrf entries. A.B.C.D.
PAGE 911
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface source-ip address destination-ip Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 912
S-Series produces the following error message: %Error: Unable to read IP route table. Example Dell#show ip flow interface Te 1/8 189.1.1.1 63.0.0.1 protocol tcp source-port 7898 destination-port 8 flow: 189.1.1.1 63.0.0.1 protocol 6 7868 8976 Ingress interface:Te 1/20 Egress interface:Te 1/14 to 1.7.1.2[CAM hit 103710] unfragmented packet Te 1/10 to 1.2.1.2[CAM hit 103710] fragmented packet show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces.
PAGE 913
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEther net 0/0...
PAGE 914
TenGigabitEthernet 2/3 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent --More-Dell# show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address Status Protocol TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 unassigned down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 10.10.10.
PAGE 915
Example (Brief) Dell#show ip int brief Interface Protocol TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 down TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 down TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 TenGigabitEthernet 1/5 TenGigabitEthernet 1/6 down IP-Address OK? Method Status unassigned NO Manual administratively down unassigned NO Manual administratively down unassigned unassigned unassigned 10.10.10.
PAGE 916
172.16.1.0/24 Dell# 10.1.2.4 Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 917
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 918
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefixlist | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the VRF name to list the routes in the route table of a specific VRF.
PAGE 919
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 920
show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route list prefix-list Parameters prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 921
show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 922
Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics related to switch CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip traffic {all | cp | rp} Parameters Default all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view IP traffic statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 923
Keyword Definition Frags: IP fragments received. ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ... couldn’t fragment Number of packets that could not be fragmented and forwarded. ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. The system sends an ARP request prior to forwarding an IP packet.
PAGE 924
Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Related Commands clear ip traffic — clears IP traffic statistics. show tcp statistics Display statistical information about TCP traffic transmitted on Z9500 CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP statistics on the switch CPUs. cp Enter the keyword cp to view TCP statistics only from the Control Processor.
PAGE 925
Example Field Description 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack... Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received. 10184 ack...
PAGE 926
keepalive Dell# Related Commands 926 clear tcp statistics — clears TCP traffic statistics.
PAGE 927
26 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 928
nlbclusteracl number | ipv4pbr number | iscsioptaclnumber | openflow number | vrfv4ac numberl ]}} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● l2acl number L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) L2 PT : 0 IP-MAC ACL : 0 Vman QoS : 0 ECFM ACL: 0 IPv4 PBR : 0 VRFv4 ACL : 0 FedGo
PAGE 929
fedgovacl number nlbclusteracl number Enter fedgovacl and the FP block number for Fed Gov ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to . Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. ipv4pbr number Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 930
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- 3 ipv6acl 0-2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 931
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 932
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 933
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100.
PAGE 934
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number ● Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 935
deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 936
packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 937
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 938
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 939
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 940
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 941
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 942
seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 943
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. show ipv6 access-lists Display IPv6 access-list information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ipv6 access-lists { [name] | interface } { in | out | interface } access-list Enter the keywords access-list to display information for all ipv6 access-lists. acl_name Enter the keywords acl_name to display information for a specified ipv6 accesslist.
PAGE 944
cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface Enter the keyword interface and the interface type and slot/port or number information: interface ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel a port channel number.The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and the slot/port information.
PAGE 945
Defaults ip Enter the keyword ip to display all ip access-list and the ip sub commands. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to display all ipv6 access-lists and ipv6 sub commands. mac Enter the keyword mac to display all L2 access-lists and sub commands. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 946
27 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 947
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 948
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 949
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ● If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
PAGE 950
Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation ● SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed. If an address is removed due to a time-out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address.
PAGE 951
Usage Information Example This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only. Prefixes may be configured on the interface using the ipv6 nd prefix command without creating an EUI64 address.
PAGE 952
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 953
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 954
INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 955
or infinite parameter. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can use this command to configure the IPv6 addresses in a dual-homing setup. Example Dell(conf-if-te-0/1)#ipv6 nd dns-server 1000::1 1 ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements.
PAGE 956
Usage Information By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised. This command allows control over the individual parameters per prefix; you can use the default keyword to use the default parameters for all prefixes. If a prefix has been configured with lifetime parameter values, the default values cannot be applied using the ipv6 nd prefix default no-autoconfig command. Use this command in the Configuration Terminal Batch mode to advertise in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 957
weight weight- value vrf vrf-name Defaults Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 958
ipv6 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of extended IPv6 route prefixes (/65 to /128) in the L3 host table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unicast-host-route Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 959
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration.
PAGE 960
show ipv6 cam linecard Display the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 cam linecard slot id port-set number [vrf vrf-name][X:X:X:X::X | summary] Parameters Defaults slot-id Displays the cam entries for the mentioned linecard id. port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number. The port-set number value is 0.
PAGE 961
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 962
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 963
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 964
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
PAGE 965
ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of
PAGE 966
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent.
PAGE 967
Defaults static (OPTIONAL) View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command. summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 968
Example Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 969
28 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 970
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 971
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization.
PAGE 972
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 973
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands. When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port you want to delete is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 974
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
PAGE 975
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.
PAGE 976
29 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: ● MAC Addressing Commands ● Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ● Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 977
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 978
show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] Parameters Defaults lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs. lldp Enter LLDP to disable MAC address learning from LLDP BPDUs. Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 979
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 980
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 981
If a station move for a MAC address is detected above the configured threshold and within the specified time, a syslog message is triggered with the port information. All ports on which the station move was detected are shut down, except for the port with the lowest interface index. Only the port with the lowest ifIndex remains active.
PAGE 982
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Deprecated the no-station-move command (replaced by the mac-learninglimit mac-address-sticky command). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. 6.5.1.
PAGE 983
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 984
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 985
mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 986
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
PAGE 987
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch. Optionally, you can also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: interface ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 988
Column Heading Description Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: ● po — Port Channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 255 for TeraScale. ● te — 10-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. ● fo — 40-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. State Example Usage Information Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
PAGE 989
Total MAC Addresses in Use: Dell# Related Commands 110 show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 990
Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 991
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN. Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup.
PAGE 992
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C9000 Series Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 993
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 994
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: ● ● ● ● ● VLAN ID VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) Spanning Tree Group ID MAC address aging time IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
PAGE 995
Column Heading Description Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 996
T Po20(Te 1/81) T Fo 2/0 Example (Brief) Example (Name) Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 10 20 30 STG ---0 0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 1800 IP Address -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
PAGE 997
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 998
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 999
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1000
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1001
Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command. Related Commands ● fefd disable — disables far-end failure detection on an interface. ● fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. ● fefd mode — changes FEFD mode on an interface.
PAGE 1002
Command History Related Commands The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface.
PAGE 1003
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1004
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax fefd-global [interval seconds][mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command.
PAGE 1005
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show fefd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1006
Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Dell# Related Commands 1006 Layer 2 ● ● ● ● Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 1007
30 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1008
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 1009
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1010
Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1011
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.
PAGE 1012
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1013
Example (PortChannelNumber) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1014
31 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: ● LLPD Commands ● LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1015
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1016
advertise dot3-tlv Configure the system or an interface to advertise IEEE 802.3at extended power-via-mdi. C9000 Series Syntax advertise dot3-tlv power-via-mdi To remove the advertised dot3–tlv, use the no advertise dot3–tlv power-via-mdi command Parameters Defaults power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV.
PAGE 1017
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface.
PAGE 1019
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/ port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1020
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information..
PAGE 1021
disable Enable or disable LLDP. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1022
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface.
PAGE 1023
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1024
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION(conf-lldp) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1025
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol.
PAGE 1026
Usage Information Example: show lldp neighbors Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 1027
Total Frames Out: 109 Total Frames In: 106 Total Neighbor information Age outs: 0 Total Multiple Neighbors Detected: 0 Total Frames Discarded: 0 Total In Error Frames: 0 Total Unrecognized TLVs: 0 Total TLVs Discarded: 0 Next packet will be sent after 1 seconds The neighbors are given below: ----------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 34:17:eb:00:aa:1b Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/49 Local Port ID
PAGE 1029
Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 112 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:05:22 ------------------------------------------------------------ show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. C9000 Series Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1030
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1031
As defined by ANSI/TIA-1057, LLDP-MED provides organizationally specific TLVs (Type Length Value), so that endpoint devices and network connectivity devices can advertise their characteristics and configuration information. The Organizational Unique Identifier (OUI) for the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) is 00-12-BB. ● LLDP-MED Endpoint Device — any device that is on an IEEE 802 LAN network edge, can communicate using IP, and uses the LLDP-MED framework.
PAGE 1032
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1033
To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in value hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes.
PAGE 1034
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Advertise extended power via MDI TLVs to all ports that are connected to the 802.1ab powered endpoint devices.
PAGE 1035
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1036
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system.
PAGE 1037
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1038
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1039
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1040
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1041
Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute. C9000 Series Syntax ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the no ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command.
PAGE 1042
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-limit limit Parameters Defaults limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The SSeries range is from 1 to 16000. The S-Series default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1043
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface.
PAGE 1044
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id, groupaddress, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1045
Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries.
PAGE 1046
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 1047
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1048
Parameters Defaults group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries.
PAGE 1049
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 1050
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1051
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured.
PAGE 1052
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1053
description name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword description then a description name (maximum 80 characters) to designate a description for the MSDP peer. sa-limit number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. The default it 500000. As described in the Parameters section. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1054
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sacache local command.
PAGE 1055
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1056
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP.
PAGE 1057
Defaults sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1058
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1058 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.
PAGE 1059
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 1060
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1061
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1062
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1063
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
PAGE 1064
Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
PAGE 1065
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance.
PAGE 1066
Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1067
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1068
Example Dell#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
PAGE 1069
Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1070
BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1071
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1072
bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdownonviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1073
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1074
35 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1075
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the neighbors in the default VRF are cleared.
PAGE 1076
Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1077
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 neighbor{ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address}[vrf vrf-name] To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6– address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1078
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1079
match ra Enable verifying either of the configured source IPv6 address or prefix address or the source MAC address in the inspected messages. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. C9000 Series Syntax match ra {ipv6-access-list name | ipv6-prefix-list name | mac-access-list name} To reset the access list, use the no match ra{ipv6-access-list | ipv6-prefix-list | mac-access-list}command.
PAGE 1080
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches.
PAGE 1081
Parameters Defaults value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1082
router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. C9000 Series Syntax router—lifetime value Parameters Defaults value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1083
show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1084
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display the neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. cpu rp Enter the keywords cpu rp to display information about IPv6 neighbors learned only on the Route Processor. ipv6–address Enter the IPv6 address of a neighbor to display information about the specified device.
PAGE 1085
Remote MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:27:2b:f1 Int: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 State: Up Configured parameters: TX: 100ms, RX: 100ms, Multiplier: 3 Neighbor parameters: TX: 250ms, RX: 300ms, Multiplier: 4 Actual parameters: TX: 300ms, RX: 250ms, Multiplier: 3 Role: Active Delete session on Down: False Client Registered: CLI Uptime: 00:02:04 Statistics: Number of packets received from neighbor: 376 Number of packets sent to neighbor: 314 Number of state changes: 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Numbe
PAGE 1086
36 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1087
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1088
Related Commands ● track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. ● track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. ● track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object.
PAGE 1089
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1090
ip route (OPTIONAL) Display information on all tracked IPv4 routes. resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics. The range is 0 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object, object type, or all tracked objects. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance.
PAGE 1091
IPv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold Metric threshold is Up (STATIC/0/0) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Reso
PAGE 1092
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Determine the UP/DOWN state of a tracked route by the threshold for the current value of the route metric in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
PAGE 1093
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1094
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN). When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the linklevel status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP.
PAGE 1095
To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 1096
When you configure IPv4 route reachability as a tracked object, the UP/DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the entry of the next-hop address in the address resolution protocol (ARP) cache. A tracked route is considered to be reachable if there is an ARP cache entry for the route's next-hop address.
PAGE 1097
● You cannot configure the resolution value used to map static routes. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. ● You cannot configure the resolution value used to map RIP routes. The RIP hop-count is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN. Related Commands ● threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
PAGE 1098
Output Description Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route slot/port , IP that is being tracked. route ip-address , IPv6 route ipv6- address object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability, or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time last change time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 1099
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1100
track ipv6 route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id ipv6 route ipv6-address/prefix-len metric threshold To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128.
PAGE 1101
track ipv6 route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route. Syntax track object-id ipv6 route ip-address/prefix-len reachability To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. ipv6-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128.
PAGE 1102
isis resolution- value ospf resolution- value Defaults Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric. Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for OSPF routes to a scaled metric. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1103
37 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1104
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1105
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 1106
Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command.
PAGE 1107
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1108
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip ospf process-id vrf vrf-name statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1109
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1110
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1111
Example Field Description dr: Displays the IP address of the designated router. bdr: Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 1/3 dst:224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.
PAGE 1112
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric.
PAGE 1113
Parameters Defaults description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1114
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command.
PAGE 1115
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1116
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed.
PAGE 1117
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1118
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1119
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1120
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters Defaults role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
PAGE 1121
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1122
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters Defaults cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1123
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1124
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters Defaults keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
PAGE 1125
ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1126
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1127
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1128
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1129
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
PAGE 1130
NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1131
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1132
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1133
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1134
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map mapname] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1135
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1136
router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. C9000 Series Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To delete an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf-name Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Not configured.
PAGE 1137
show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1138
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.
PAGE 1139
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf process-id | vrf vrf-name asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1140
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1141
Link ID 11.1.2.1 13.1.1.1 192.68.135.2 ADV Router 11.1.2.1 13.1.1.1 192.68.135.2 Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Network (Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000003 0x6592 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000055 0x683e Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands Age 673 676 1419 Seq# 0x80000005 0x80000097 0x80000294 Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.
PAGE 1142
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1143
LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1144
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1145
LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 1146
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1147
Network Mask: Attached Attached Attached Dell# Related Commands /24 Router: 192.10.10.2 Router: 20.20.20.1 Router: 20.20.20.5 show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process.
PAGE 1148
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-stateid] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1149
Item Description ● DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. ● E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. Example LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA.
PAGE 1150
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1151
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1152
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1153
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1154
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1155
Example Item Description TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.
PAGE 1156
● For loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For tunnel interfaces, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1157
Example Item Description Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor. Dell>show ip ospf int TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.
PAGE 1158
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1160
● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
PAGE 1161
Row Heading Description LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue. Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue. Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets.
PAGE 1162
Timers Hello 6 Wait Dead 38 Transmit Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSR-Q-Len 0 0 0 Grace 0 LSU-Q-Wmark LSR-Q-Wmark 2 1 Dell#show ip ospf 1 statistics global OSPF Packet Count Total RX 114 TX 127 Error 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 LSR-Q 0 Other-Q 0 Hello 105 119 DDiscr 2 2 RxQ-Len 0 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr Auth-Err 0 MD5-Err Version 0 AreaMis No-Buffer 0 Seq-No Q-OverFlow 0 Unknown-Pkt LSReq 1 1 LSUpd 3 3 L
PAGE 1163
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf [process-id|vrf vrf-name]timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF that are currently in queue waiting for timers to expire.
PAGE 1164
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1165
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas.
PAGE 1166
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage. timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals.
PAGE 1167
timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals. C9000 Series Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival-time To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters Defaults arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1168
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1169
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. key-encryptionalgorithm key (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in encryption.
PAGE 1170
The configuration of IPsec encryption on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area encryption policy that has been configured is applied to the interface. To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface.
PAGE 1171
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ). 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table.
PAGE 1172
debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] debug ipv6 ospf bfd [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1173
fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Interface Te 0/2 IfIndex 34145282 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Aug 25 11:19:59: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Init for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 on interface Te 0/2 (diag: NBR_DN) Aug 25 11:20:00:
PAGE 1174
ID:223.255.255.255, Area ID:0, Chksum:a177, Inst:0, from Vl 100 05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Vl 1000 07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 0/36 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp.
PAGE 1175
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1176
When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject command, you reconfigure OSPFv3 graceful restart to function in a “restarting-only” role. In a “restarting-only” role, OSPFv3 does not participate in the graceful restart of a neighbor. graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart.
PAGE 1177
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 neighbor{ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address}[vrf vrf-name] To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6– address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1178
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1179
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [keyencryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1180
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 1181
ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ipv6 ospf interface-cost interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1182
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets.
PAGE 1183
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1184
Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3.
PAGE 1185
Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1186
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1187
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1188
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1189
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
PAGE 1190
Table 4. show crypto ipsec policy Command Description (continued) Field Description Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key Outbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1191
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/ port.
PAGE 1192
Table 5. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Description (continued) Field Description spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature. N: The replay detection feature is not enabled.
PAGE 1193
replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name][interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1194
Usage Information Example If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface gigabitethernet 1/2 GigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.
PAGE 1195
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Defaults databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL): Enter the keywords grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router. none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1196
Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 database grace-lsa ! Type-11 Grace LSA (Area 0) LS Age : 10 Link State ID : 6.16.192.66 Advertising Router : 100.1.1.1 LS Seq Number : 0x80000001 Checksum : 0x1DF1 Length : 36 Associated Interface : Te 1/3/1 Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1197
Interface 63.114.8.36 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 4 Gi 1/4 Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1198
Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA C
PAGE 1199
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 1200
38 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1201
• • • • • • • • diag offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1202
The PE unit goes offline and reboots automatically after the test is completed. Once the test is finished, the diag report is generated, and it is stored in the PE flash. To view the diag report, use the show diag pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number command from C9000 system. The show diag pe command uploads the TestReport from the PE to the C9000. The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.
PAGE 1203
Parameters Defaults stack-unit slot-id Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit number. The stackunit number range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1204
Diagnostics Proceed with Diags [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell#Jun 25 05:15:14: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %DIAGAGT-6-DA_DIAG_STARTED: Starting diags on stack-unit 3 14:19:49 : Approximate time to complete the Diags (level0)... 2 Mins Related Commands ● diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. ● offline — places the stack-unit in the offline state to run the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1205
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1206
Example (PE Console) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1207
1/50 1/51 10 10 up up down down Dell#show system stack-port topology Topology: Stand alone Interface Connection --------------------1/50 1/51 Example (show system stack unit – disabled ports) Example (show system brief) Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master
PAGE 1208
-- Unit 5 -Unit Type Status Example (S4810) : Member Unit : not present Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 1209
FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : disabled Present 3.20.0.
PAGE 1210
disable enable exit format pwd rename reset show telnet-peer-stack-unit stack-unit Example Turn off privileged commands Turn on privileged commands Exit from the EXEC Format a filesystem Display current working directory Rename a file Reset selected card PE Show running system information Open a telnet connection to the peer Dell#telnet-peer-stack-unit Trying Unit 2... Connected to Unit 2. Exit character is '^]'.
PAGE 1211
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You can specify the source location and can choose usbflash: or flash: as a source location.
PAGE 1212
39 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1213
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of linecard ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1214
0 (type C9000LC0640, 24 ports) Jun 24 15:28:24: %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 4 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands 1214 is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CH
PAGE 1215
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
PAGE 1216
No Of MACs : 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not presen
PAGE 1217
3/2 4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48
PAGE 1218
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} Parameters pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1219
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :154
PAGE 1220
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
PAGE 1221
Example (stack unit type) Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands ● redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit ● reset — Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit.
PAGE 1222
40 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1223
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1224
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1225
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1226
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1227
Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1228
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 0/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 0/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 0/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1229
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1230
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 cost 18000 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#end Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN.
PAGE 1231
To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1232
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1233
vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds.
PAGE 1234
max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1235
41 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1236
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node.
PAGE 1237
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294.
PAGE 1238
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters Defaults access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1239
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1240
Field Description ● v2 = PIM version 2 ● S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1241
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
PAGE 1242
Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1243
IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv4 PIM-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands are supported: ● ip pim ssm-range ● show ip pim ssm-range ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1244
When you configure the SSM range, Dell Networking OS supports SSM for configured group range as well as the default SSM range. When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1245
42 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1246
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip pim tib [group] Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1247
● in: to view incoming packets ● out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1248
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1249
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1250
ip pim graceful-restart This feature permits configuration of non-stop forwarding (NSF or graceful restart) capability of a PIM router to its neighbors. Syntax ip pim graceful-restart {nsf [restart-time | stale-entry-time]} Parameters Defaults nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. restart-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart. The range is 30 to 300 seconds.
PAGE 1251
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.
PAGE 1252
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command.
PAGE 1253
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1254
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list .
PAGE 1255
Usage Information Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs.
PAGE 1256
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1257
Parameters Defaults infinity (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1258
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. Even though the FHR nodes act as RPs, these nodes still send Register encap messages to themselves and expect to receive a Register stop message (for Anycast RP support).
PAGE 1259
show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1260
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1261
172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 v2/S 0 v2/S 0 30 1 30 1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1262
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1263
show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1264
show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim summary [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1265
Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ip pim tib View the PIM tree inform
PAGE 1266
Field Description ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● D = PIM Dense Mode S = PIM Sparse Mode C = directly connected L = local to the multicast group P = route was pruned R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT ● K = acknowledge pending state Example Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forw
PAGE 1267
show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1268
43 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1269
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop.
PAGE 1270
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: ● If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1271
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1272
● syn = synchronize sequence number ● urg = urgent field source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1273
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking.
PAGE 1274
Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1275
show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1276
44 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember ● You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: ○ Provisioning a Port Extender ○ Managing a Port Extender ○ PE Stacking ● You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. ● The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1277
slot/port-range Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23. peer Default Enter peer to configure the VLT peer in a dual-homing setup. This parameter is available only in the Configuration Terminal Batch Mode.
PAGE 1278
Parameters Default pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1279
feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.1BR support on the switch, use the no feature extended-bridge command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1280
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot ID. The linecard slot-id range is from 0 to 9. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number Default rpm slot-id Enter the keyword rpm and specify the route processor slot ID.
PAGE 1281
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The pe pe-id command adds a pre-provisioned PE. The port extender ID (pe-id) range is from 0 to 255. You can add a port extender stack-unit using stack-unit unit number keyword. To remove a port extender, use the no pe pe-id command.
PAGE 1282
You can provision a port extender connected in a Dual-Homing setup from the Configuration Terminal Batch mode. To de-provision a port extender, use the no pe provision pe-id command. NOTE: You must ensure that the port extender units are offline before you issue the no pe provision command. Example DELL(conf)# pe provision 10 DELL(conf-pe-10)# DELL(conf)# no pe provision 10 Related Commands ● feature extended-bridge ● stack unit ● show pe show config Display the PE provision configuration details.
PAGE 1283
Parameters interface interface Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: ● For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/stack-unit/port-id for the interface. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. . Default pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe keyword and specify a port extender ID number. Range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 1284
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE 1284 P
PAGE 1285
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE 255/3/8 255/3/9 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/17 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 2
PAGE 1286
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1287
show pe csp Display the control and status protocol (CSP) session information for the port extenders. C9000 Series Syntax show pe CSP Default None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privileged Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1288
In the following example, the Te 1/16 is added as a cascade interface in PE 9, but Te1/16 is connected to a different PE, which is not provisioned. Hence, the cascade interface is kept in error state.
PAGE 1289
Example Example with multiple Commits: Dell#configure terminal batch Peer is registered Dell(conf-b)#interface peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-pegi-184/0/1)#no shutdown Dell(conf-b-if-pegi-184/0/1)#commit Dell(conf-b)#Apr 5 06:48:28: %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_IN_PROGRESS_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is in progress Apr 5 06:48:28: %RPM1-P:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: PeGi 184/0/1 Apr 5 06:48:28: %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6-CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_COMPLETE_TRAP: Batch config
PAGE 1290
Dell# import peer-config Use import peer-config to import the common configurations from the peer chassis. C9000 Series Syntax import peer-config Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1291
show running-config local Use show running-config local to view the local configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1292
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/7 no ip address no shutdown ! show running-config common Use show running-config common to view the common configurations in the local system. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config common Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1293
show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [common | user | local] common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode. user Displays the configuration done in the batch mode in an order entered by the user. local Displays the local configuration in the batch mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1294
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. You can use the write memory local command to write only the local configurations to startup configuration. Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component.
PAGE 1295
1019 1018 1017 1016 1014 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1006 1005 1004 1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 4 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 7 PE CPU ECP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU ECP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU LLDP traffic destined to PE CPU
PAGE 1296
Defaults service-d (Optional) Enter the keyword option service-id to display the statistics with a specified service or module ID. pq-stats Enter the keyword pq-stats to display a summary of priority queue (PQ) based statistics. High (Optional) Enter the keyword High to display the statistics for the high priority queue. Medium (Optional) Enter the keyword Medium to display the statistics for the medium priority queue.
PAGE 1297
AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 1 ticks 1 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount 486 packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 3 ticks 3 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 5 packets : 0 packets : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Proc : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB D
PAGE 1298
AVG Proc Time Time : : 0 ticks 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 1 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 11 packets : 0 packets : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc MType : 0x2a4f EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Port Extenders (PE) S
PAGE 1299
Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 4 packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType : 0x12d0 EnQCount 1 packets Messages in Q : 1 pa
PAGE 1300
Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Del
PAGE 1301
MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Max Proc EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0x2a5c DeQCount 0 ticks : 0x1771 MType : CB Max Q Proc MType Serivce Name : IFMGR EndPoint 0 ticks Se
PAGE 1302
EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets 1302 DeQCount : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Proc : 0x2a32 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCoun
PAGE 1303
0 packets Messages in Q : AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 packets 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : 0 packets : CB DeQCount : Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType : 0x12d0 E
PAGE 1304
AVG Q Proc Time : Time : AVG Proc Time : Time : 0 ticks 0 ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc 0 ticks Max Proc Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) End_Point Priority EndPoint : CB Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Outstanding count Packets PE LOW 0 0 0 PE MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued
PAGE 1305
SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches. To manage PoE on port-extender ports, the C1048P uses two types of power supplies: the main internal, fixed AC power supply and an external DC power supply. Each power supply provides 1000W, of which up to 850W is used for PoE.
PAGE 1306
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters Defaults power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended power-via-mdi TLV.
PAGE 1307
Usage Information Example Related Commands The on-disable transmit shutdown command allows transmission of LLDP shutdown frames when the LLDP protocol is disabled in the interface mode. Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1308
Power Available Consumed Consumed Threshold Available Allocated Consumed Remaining (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (%) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------------------0/0 1000 150 0 99 841 0 0 841 Related Command show power detail power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface.
PAGE 1309
Example Dell(conf)#int peGigE 0/0/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline 30000 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline priority critical Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)# Dell#show power inline pe 0 stack-unit 0 Global inline power Threshold : 99 Power Reserved for inline Power : 841W Total Inline Power Consumed : 0W Remaining inline power Available : 841W Power Management Mode : Static Interface Port LLDP Inline Power Max / Alloc Support (Watts) -----------------------------------PeGi 0/0/0 30.00/0.
PAGE 1310
power inline mode Configures PoE power management mode for a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax power inline mode {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number class | static } Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is 0–7. number Defaults class Enter the keyword class to configure the class mode for the specified port extender.
PAGE 1311
------------PeGi 0/0/0 30.00/0.00 low 0 0.00 NO_PD - power inline restore pe Enable the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender unit. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power inline restore pe pe-id stack-unit unit number pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1312
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The power inline suspend pe command temporarily disables PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender (PE) unit. You can use the power inline restore pe command to restore or enable the PoE power supply to the PE unit.
PAGE 1313
interface interface Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: ● For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/Unit/Port for the interface. . Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1314
PeGi 255/0/0 low 0 30.00/21.40 21.50 4 2 show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show power detail {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} Parameters Defaults pe Enter the keywordpe and the port externder ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit Enter the stack-unit keyword and the unit ID. Range is 0–7. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1315
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Dell#show revision pe 0 DEVICE IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------------------Type Version Target FPGA 3.7 LP (0) CPLD 3.0 LP (0) IAP 3.1 LP (0) FPGA 3.
PAGE 1316
45 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1317
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The monitor command is saved in the running configuration at Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to monitor the traffic in a dual-homing setup. Example Related Command Dell(conf)# monitor session 60 Dell(conf-mon-sess-60) show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
PAGE 1319
show monitor session Display port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface monitoring information. C9000 Series Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. To display monitoring information for port extender interface, when added as a source port, use the do show monitor session command in CONFIGURATION mode. Parameters Defaults session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number.
PAGE 1320
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1321
source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. C9000 Series Syntax source interface | range destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1322
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1322 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1323
46 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1324
• switchport mode private-vlan ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1325
Parameters Defaults community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN. primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1326
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1327
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below. The following describes the show interfaces private-vlan command shown in the examples below.
PAGE 1328
● ● ● ● Defaults port-channel port-channel-number tengigabitethernet slot/port fortygigE slot/port peGigE pe-id/stack-unit/port isolated (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isolated and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of an isolated PVLAN. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the community and isolated PVLAN mapping to primary PVLANs. primary vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword primary and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of a primary PVLAN.
PAGE 1329
Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 20 primary Yes Te 1/1,3 Dell# show vlan private-vlan isolated Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 100 isolated Yes Te 2/2,4-6 200 isolated Yes Te 1/2,4-6 Dell# show vlan private-vlan community Primary Secon
PAGE 1330
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. C9000 Series Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters Defaults host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as a promiscuous interface.
PAGE 1331
47 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
PAGE 1332
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dualhoming setup.
PAGE 1333
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1334
Table 6. Default Mapping dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1335
service-class wred backplane After you create a WRED profile with ECN functionality, specify per-queue granularity for backplane ports and include the WRED profile in a service class. Using this command, you can enable or disable queue-specific settings and specify minimum and maximum buffer thresholds in the WRED profile applied to each packet color-code. Also, you can specify the maximum drop rate percentage for yellow and green profiles.
PAGE 1336
service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed. The switch supports four global service-pools in the egress direction. Two service pools are used—one for lossy queues and the other for lossless (priority-based flow control (PFC)) queues. You can enable WRED and ECN operation on the global servicepools.
PAGE 1337
Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 service-class wred ecn backplane Apply ECN marking on backplane port-queues in a service class. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default [no] service-class wred ecn queue-list backplane service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing.
PAGE 1338
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults ● dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1339
Defaults dot1p Queue Number 6 6 7 7 none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1340
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1341
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy.
PAGE 1342
buffer-stats-snapshot Enable the buffer statistics tracking utility and enter the Buffer Statistics Snapshot configuration mode. You must enable this utility to be able to configure the parameters for buffer statistics tracking. C9000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATSSNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled.
PAGE 1343
Defaults match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1344
clear qos statistics Clear Matched Packets through class maps applied to inbound ports C9000 Series Syntax clear qos statistics interface-name Parameters interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1345
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1346
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. For class-map match-any, a maximum of five ACL match criteria are allowed. For class-map match-all, only one ACL match criteria is allowed.
PAGE 1347
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1348
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1349
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1350
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} Parameters Defaults dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1351
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1352
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1353
policy-map-output Create an output policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1354
Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a QoS input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1355
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1356
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1357
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1358
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
PAGE 1359
layer2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1360
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified.
PAGE 1361
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands ● class-map— identifies the class map. ● service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. ● service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1362
show qos class-map View the current class map information. C9000 Series Syntax show qos class-map [class-name] Parameters Defaults class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1363
detail interface To view a policy map interface in detail, enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1364
7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) c7 q7 Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qospolicy-input qos-policy-name] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-map- name qos-policy-input qos-policy-name Defaults Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1365
Example Dell# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 Dell# Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qos- Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name.
PAGE 1366
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1367
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1368
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. DELL#show qos statistics peGigE 0/1/1 Interface peGigE 0/1/1 Queue# Matched Pkts 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 DELL#show qos statistics wred-profile peGigE 0/1/1 Interface peGigE 0/1/1 Drop-statistic Dropped Pkts Green 0 Yellow 0 Out of Profile 0 show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details.
PAGE 1369
Example Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_teng_y wred_teng_g wred_fortyg_y wred_fortyg_g wred_oneg_y_pe wred_oneg_g_pe wred_teng_y_pe wred_teng_g_pe Dell# min-threshold 0 594 594 594 594 154 154 154 154 max-threshold 0 5941 5941 5941 5941 1538 1538 1538 1538 max-drop-rate 100 100 50 50 25 100 50 50 25 threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles.
PAGE 1370
Table 7. Threshold Values for the Pre-defined WRED Profiles (continued) Related Commands Pre-Defined WRED Profile Name Minimum Threshold Maximum Threshold wred_ge_g 2048 4096 wred_teng_y 4096 8192 wred_teng_g 8192 16384 wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. C9000 Series Syntax trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} Parameters Defaults diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings.
PAGE 1371
Table 8.
PAGE 1372
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Profile name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the .E-Series Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP.
PAGE 1373
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1374
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile.
PAGE 1375
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1376
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. C9000 Series Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1377
Parameters Defaults color-mapprofile-name Enter the color map profile name. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters. None Command Modes CONFIG-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1378
Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Display a specific DSCP color map. Dell# show qos dscp-color-map mapTWO Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Related Commands 1378 qos dscp-color-map— Configures a DSCP color map.
PAGE 1379
48 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1380
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
PAGE 1381
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1382
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1383
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1384
To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1385
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1386
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1387
---------- ------Te 2/0 128.418 128 Te 2/1 128.419 128 Te 2/8 128.426 128 Te 2/9 128.427 128 Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) --- ------- -------------------- -------20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.
PAGE 1388
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} Parameters cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1389
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action.
PAGE 1390
Usage Information 1390 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP.
PAGE 1391
49 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1392
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 1393
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1394
To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table.
PAGE 1395
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1396
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1397
log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1398
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1399
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1400
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon history [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1401
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1402
show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon statistics [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1403
HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 TengigabitEt
PAGE 1404
50 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1405
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1406
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet[interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1407
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1408
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1409
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
PAGE 1410
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 1411
To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1412
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1413
Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses. ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 1414
ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, use the no ip split-horizon command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1415
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information.
PAGE 1416
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1417
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1418
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
PAGE 1420
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1421
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to | 2} indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that internal routes should be redistributed. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value.
PAGE 1422
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration.
PAGE 1423
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1424
207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
PAGE 1425
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1426
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters Defaults 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1427
51 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1428
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1429
route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode Defaults addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator.
PAGE 1430
Dell#show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1431
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role.
PAGE 1432
name | default Enter one of the following: ● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used. Defaults start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request.
PAGE 1433
tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. C9000 Series Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1434
Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1435
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1436
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1437
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command.
PAGE 1438
Defaults local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1439
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1440
Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). C9000 Series Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
PAGE 1441
Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, the system employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, the system proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method.
PAGE 1442
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used.
PAGE 1443
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines.
PAGE 1444
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: ● Start with a letter, not a number. ● Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
PAGE 1445
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1446
Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Defaults Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1447
default Defaults Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1448
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line".
PAGE 1449
numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31. special-char (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords special-char then the number of special characters permitted. The range is from 0 to 31. number Defaults 0 minutes for the lock out period. The lockout-period is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1450
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500, MXL By default, the service password-encryption command stores encrypted passwords.
PAGE 1451
you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command. To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command.
PAGE 1452
show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. C9000 Series Syntax show users [all] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1453
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. C9000 Series Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: ● VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1454
access-class Enter the keywords access-class then the name of a configured access control access-list-name list (either an IP access control list or MAC access control list). nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password. encryption-type Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter.
PAGE 1455
Related Commands ● password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. ● enable sha256-password — configures SHA-256 based password. ● show running-config — views the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1456
● For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1457
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1458
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command.
PAGE 1459
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon.
PAGE 1460
Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . C9000 Series Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds.
PAGE 1461
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1462
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. C9000 Series Syntax tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] Parameters Defaults hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1463
Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacsserver key command is used. Related Commands aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method.
PAGE 1464
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1465
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1466
max-attempts number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1467
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Not configured.
PAGE 1468
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1469
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port.
PAGE 1470
To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1471
Related Commands interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1472
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out.
PAGE 1473
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1474
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Dell#show dot1x int Te 2/32 802.
PAGE 1475
locality locality- name organization organizationname orgunit organizationunit-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword locality then the name of the locality to be included in the certificate. The default is San Jose. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword organization then the name of the organization to be included in the certificate. The default is Dell. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword orgunit then the organization unit name to be included in the certificate. The default is Dell Networking.
PAGE 1476
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server.
PAGE 1477
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters Defaults client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1478
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch.
PAGE 1479
ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh cipher cipher-list cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1480
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1481
NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure hostbased authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869.
PAGE 1482
When FIPS mode is disabled: ● ● ● ● ● Defaults hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: ● hmac-sha2–256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: ● ● ● ● ● hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1483
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured.
PAGE 1484
+DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3t ReG1o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc +Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEn WIMPJi0ds= ashwani@poclab4 NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis. Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication.
PAGE 1485
Usage Information ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. ● Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. ● When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list. ● When FIPS is enabled or disabled, the client MACs get default configuration.
PAGE 1486
Example Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1487
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys device://filename command). Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) — adds keys for RSA authentication.
PAGE 1488
ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1489
kex keyexchangealgorithm Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server. The following key exchange algorithms are available: ● diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellmangroup14-sha1.
PAGE 1490
Example Related Commands Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command.
PAGE 1491
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key. mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key.
PAGE 1492
show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1493
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1494
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1495
hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1496
Version Description ● aes256-ctr ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha2-256-96 Usage Information Example 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1497
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1498
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 1499
ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1500
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1501
ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1502
Related Commands 1502 Security Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1503
52 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1504
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1505
Example Related Command Version Description 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1506
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1507
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)#interface vlan 4001 Dell(conf-if-vl-4001-stack)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1508
Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands 1508 Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1509
53 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1510
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1511
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. sFlow is disabled by default.
PAGE 1513
Usage Information When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1514
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1515
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
PAGE 1516
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1517
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets.
PAGE 1518
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is 32768 packets. The Global default sampling.
PAGE 1519
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1520
Parameters slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1521
54 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: ● SNMP Commands ● Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1522
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1523
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1524
Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. C9000 Series Syntax show snmp user Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1525
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2.
PAGE 1526
snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information, use the no snmp-server contact command. Parameters Defaults text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1527
Usage Information Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#snmp-server context line show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server community Configure a new community string access for SNMPv1 v2 and v3.
PAGE 1528
Usage Information The following example configures a community named public that is mapped to the security named guestuser with Read Only (ro) permissions. The security-name parameter maps the community string to an SNMPv3 user/security name as defined by the community MIB.
PAGE 1529
● entity —Enable notification of Entity Management Information Base (MIB) changes. ● envmon — Enable notification when an environmental threshold is exceeded. ● ets — Enable notification of ETS changes. ● fips — Enable notification of a FIP Snooping state changes. ● hg-lbm — Enable notification of hiGig link-bundle state changes. ● isis — Enable notification of IS-IS adjacency state changes. ● pfc — Enable notification of changes to PFC. ● lacp — Enable notification of LACP state changes.
PAGE 1530
If you do not configure this command, no traps controlled by this command are sent. If you do not specify a notification-type and notification-option, all traps are enabled. Related Commands snmp-server community — enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server host — configures an SNMP trap receiver. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1531
Engine ID changes, the security digests of SNMPv3 users is invalid and the users will have to be reconfigured. For the remote Engine ID, the host IP and UDP port are the indexes to the command that are matched to either overwrite or remove the configuration. Related Commands show snmp engineID — displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router. show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration.
PAGE 1532
access-list-name (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. ipv6 access-listname Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1533
hostname Enter the keyword host followed by the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to specify that management vrf will be used to send traps and informs. traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host. The default is traps. informs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword informs to send inform notifications to the specified host. The default is traps.
PAGE 1534
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1535
snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters Defaults text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1536
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1537
Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source. Related Commands snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1538
des56 | aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword des56 or aes128 to specify the encryption mode. ● aes128 — Use 128 bit AES algorithm in CFB mode for encryption. ● des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption. priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long.
PAGE 1539
Example Usage Information Example Usage Information Example Related Commands Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d The following command is an example of how to enter a plain-text password as the string authpasswd for user authuser of group v3group.
PAGE 1540
Usage Information Example Related Commands The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.1 included show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server vrf Configures an SNMP agent to bind to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1541
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1542
Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1543
default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. C9000 Series Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1544
terminal monitor — sends system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1545
tcp Defaults Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500.
PAGE 1546
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1547
Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults logging coredump stack-unit {0–5 | all} stack-unit 0–5 Enter the stack-unit id. all Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Enabled by default on customer builds.
PAGE 1548
Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role. When you enabled RBAC and extended logging: ● Only the system administrator role can execute this command. ● The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events.
PAGE 1549
Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1550
Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the logging history table. C9000 Series Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters Defaults size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message.
PAGE 1551
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1552
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. C9000 Series Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 1553
logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and output. C9000 Series Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa.
PAGE 1554
To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational. 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1555
Example Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] From a PE console, useshow logging [number] Parameters number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1556
for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:31: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 01:17:24: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:23: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:03: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1557
changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 3 is inserted Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 3 is down Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 1 of unit 3 is inserted Jul 30 16:34:26: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 0 in unit 3 i
PAGE 1558
Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-FANTRAY_INSERTED: Fan tray 0 of Unit 2 is inserted Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:2 %CHMGR-2-FAN_SPEED_CHANGE: Fan speed changed to 60 % of the full speed Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_DOWN: Major alarm: Power supply 1 in unit 2 is down Jul 30 16:31:32: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 1 of unit 2 is inserted Jul 3
PAGE 1559
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)#show logging audit clear logging auditlog — clears audit log.
PAGE 1560
Usage Information Examples This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors.
PAGE 1561
f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 49]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 782]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 11:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 1878]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 12:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 71]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated ch
PAGE 1562
30:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 61]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:371 Invalid ppId[] size[0] 31:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9251]31:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvCardShortId is 0x8880 32:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 479623]32:SS DRV DEBUG: No.
PAGE 1563
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack unit unit-number} From a PE console, use show logging kernellog stack-unit unit number to display the kernel logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1564
Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418671:PCI Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418687:PCI Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418702:PCI Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418718:PCI Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418732:PCI Driver BCM56634_B0 unit 2: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, unit 3: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, unit 4: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, unit 5: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, unit 6: Dev 0xb636, Rev 0x11, Chip BCM56636_B0, Dell#show logging kernellog rp 00:00:01:918834:ahcisata0
PAGE 1565
terminal monitor Configure the system to display messages on the monitor/terminal. C9000 Series Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1566
55 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 9.
PAGE 1567
Table 9.
PAGE 1568
Table 9.
PAGE 1569
Table 9. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1570
Table 9.
PAGE 1571
Table 9. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %PE8-UNIT0-M%MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Overall memory usage of cp drops below threshold. Memory Usage (20%) CH_ALARM_PE_DOWN PE_DOWN: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally down. CH_ALARM_PE_UP PE_UP: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally up. CH_ALARM_PE_UNIT_DOWN PE_UNIT_DOWN: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally down.
PAGE 1572
56 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1573
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1574
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1575
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1576
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1577
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1578
Parameters Defaults stp-id Enter zero (0). the system supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1579
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group.
PAGE 1580
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1581
Example Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1582
Te 0/2 0 Te 0/3 0 LIS EDS (Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1583
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-onviolation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1584
57 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1585
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1586
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1587
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1588
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1589
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
PAGE 1590
Parameters Defaults pfc-llfc pps Enter a pps value to specify the threshold for flow-control traffic. The range is from 0 to 33554368 packets per second. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1591
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknownunicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1592
58 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device.
PAGE 1593
the license agreement by configuring this command 'eula-consent support-assist reject'. By installing SupportAssist, you allow Dell to save your contact information (e.g. name, phone number and/or email address) which would be used to provide technical support for your Dell products and services. Dell may use the information for providing recommendations to improve your IT infrastructure.
PAGE 1594
Related Commands ● eula-consent — accept or reject the EULA. support-assist activate Enable the SupportAssist service. Syntax support-assist activate Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1595
To remove all customized detail for a specific activity, use the no activity {activity-name} command. Parameters activity-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● Enter the keywords full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1596
To remove the contact person and all their details, use the no contact-person [first ] last command. Parameters first-name (Optional) Enter the first name for the contact person. This is optional provided each contact person name is unique. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. last-name Enter the last name for the contact person. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
PAGE 1597
server-name Defaults Enter the name of the remote SupportAssist Server. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Default server has URL stor.g3.ph.dell.com Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1598
action-manifest install Configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity. Syntax action-manifest install {default | } To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install default command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default to revert back to the default set of actions for an activity. local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file. Allowable characters are: a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, -, _, and space.
PAGE 1599
action-manifest show View the list of action-manifest for a specific activity. Syntax Parameters action-manifest show {all} all Enter the keyword all to view the entire list of action-manifests that are available for an activity. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST ACTIVITY Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1600
To remove a portion of the company address information, use the no address [city | province | region | state | country | postalcode | zipcode] command. To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company- city province | region | state name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
PAGE 1601
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site. Syntax territory company-territory To remove the company territory information, use the no territory command. Parameters companyterritory Enter the territory name for the company.
PAGE 1602
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands ● preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person.
PAGE 1603
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. ● email-address — configure email addresses to reach the contact person. ● phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person.
PAGE 1604
NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 80 to 100000. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the user password.
PAGE 1605
To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command. Parameters uniformresource-locator Enter a text string for the URL using one of the following formats: ● http://[username:password@]:/ ● https://[username:password@]:/ NOTE: The host IP for the server may be specified as an IPv4 address, an IPv6 address or as a DNS hostname. If using the DNS hostname, the DNS resolver will need to be configured and enabled.
PAGE 1606
information, names of data volumes, IP addresses, access control lists, diagnostics & performance information, network configuration information, host/server configuration & performance information and related data (Collected Data) and transmits this information to Dell. By downloading SupportAssist and agreeing to be bound by these terms and the Dell end user license agreement, available at: www.dell.
PAGE 1607
! ! ! activity full-transfer enable activity-manifest install testing contact-company name My Company street-address 123 Main Street address city MyCity country MyCountry contact-person first john last doe email-address primary jdoe@mycompany.com preferred-method email server default enable url https://192.168.1.1/index.htm Dell# show support-assist status Display information on SupportAssist feature status including any activities, status of communication, last time communication sent, and so on.
PAGE 1608
59 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1609
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock.
PAGE 1610
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1611
● week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. ● first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month. ● last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. Defaults end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat.
PAGE 1612
offset Enter one of the following: ● a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. ● a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1613
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1614
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key Parameters number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. Defaults md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm.
PAGE 1615
ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. C9000 Series Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1616
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure an NTP master and peers. C9000 Series Syntax ntp master Parameters Defaults ntp Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. master Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1617
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1618
Defaults key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. prefer (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefer to indicate that this peer has priority over other servers. version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 3. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1619
● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-id range is 0 –47. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1620
Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authenticationkey command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key — sets an authentication key for NTP. ntp authenticate — enables the NTP authentication parameters you set. show clock Display the current clock settings.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands clock summer-time recurring— displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. C9000 Series Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1622
Example Related Commands Field Description disp Displays the dispersion. Dell#show ntp associations remote ref clock st when poll reach delay offset disp ============================================================= 10.10.120.5 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 *172.16.1.33 127.127.1.0 11 6 16 377 -0.08 -1499.9 104.16 172.31.1.33 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 192.200.0.2 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.
PAGE 1623
Field Description “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock. “root dispersion is...” Displays the root and path dispersion. “peer mode is...” State what NTP mode the switch is. This should be Client mode. Example Related Commands Dell#sh ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 2, reference is 100.10.10.10 frequency is -32.000 ppm, stability is 15.156 ppm, precision is 4294967290 reference time is BC242FD5.
PAGE 1624
60 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1625
● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1626
C9000 Series Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1627
Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1628
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1629
The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10. The default is 3. unlimited Defaults Enter the keyword unlimited to specify the unlimited number of keepalive probe packets. Tunnel keepalive is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1630
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
PAGE 1631
61 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1632
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1633
Parameters Defaults text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1634
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1635
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. C9000 Series Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1636
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1637
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1638
Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 0/40(Dwn) Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1639
Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. C9000 Series Syntax upstream interface To delete an upstream interface, use the no upstream interface command.
PAGE 1640
62 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1641
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1642
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1643
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: ● after a VLT device is reloaded. ● after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1644
inherit VLAN membership of that port channel to ensure untagged packets that are sent by a VLT peer device reach the DHCP server located on the ToR. Example Dell(conf)#lacp ungroup member-independent ? port-channel LACP port-channel members become switchports vlt All VLT LACP members become switchports multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure.
PAGE 1645
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.
PAGE 1646
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. C9000 Series Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1647
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device.
PAGE 1648
Local System MAC address: Remote System MAC address: Remote Sytem Version: Delay-Restore timer: 00:01:e8:8b:14:3c 00:01:e8:8b:15:20 5 (1) 90 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1649
Default interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1650
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT port-channels currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1651
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1652
Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Active Peer Status ----------Inactive Dell# Example for Qin-Q implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Loc
PAGE 1653
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1654
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1655
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1656
Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 system-mac Configure the MAC address for use by VLT Port-channel LACP for the domain C9000 Series Syntax system-mac mac-address Parameters Defaults mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1657
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1658
Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 1659
Parameters port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID or comma-separated, VLAN IDs or a range of VLAN IDs or a combination.
PAGE 1660
3) The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway peer-timeout Enable the VLT node to timeout the transmission of peer’s mac address when the VLT peer is down. C9000 Series Syntax [no] peer-timeout value Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1661
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static remote-mac-address exclude-vlan Configure the proxy-gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] remote-mac-address mac—address [exclude-vlan vlan-range] remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT Domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 1662
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1663
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node sends only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain.
PAGE 1664
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
PAGE 1665
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1666
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1667
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
PAGE 1668
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1669
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1670
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1671
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1672
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1673
Item Description ● BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Usage Information Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Field Description TenGigabitEther net 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.
PAGE 1674
Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 2 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 priority-cost 10 Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 Dell> Example (Brief) Example (C9000) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.
PAGE 1675
version Set VRRP protocol version for IPv4 group. C9000 Series Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3.
PAGE 1676
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters Defaults ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1677
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay for VRRP initialization after an interface becomes operational. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1678
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1679
To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command. Parameters interface OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel followed by the number. The range of port-channel IDs is 1 to 128.
PAGE 1680
● ● ● ● ● ● ● description disable hold-time preempt priority show config virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF.
PAGE 1681
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of all VFFP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to display changes related to group, prefix, and interface entries in the VRRP table.
PAGE 1682
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IPv6 VRRP groups corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1683
Line Beginning with Description Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: ● UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn). ● Interface type and slot/port or object number, description, and time since the last change in the state of the tracked object.
PAGE 1684
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a link-local virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. NOTE: Configure the same VRID on neighboring routers (Dell Networking or non-Dell Networking) in the same VRRP group in order for all routers to interoperate.
PAGE 1685
64 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip unknown-unicast ipv6 unknown-unicast description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route.
PAGE 1686
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1687
ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a configured VRF. C9000 Series Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrfname | management} command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Use this keyword when you want to associate the interface to the management VRF. None (Interface is part of default VRF).
PAGE 1688
You can leak global routes for VRF. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1689
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options, all other options configured in the route-map are ignored.
PAGE 1690
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Import IPv6 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] Parameters route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 1691
static Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map.
PAGE 1692
interface management Associate a management port with a management VRF. C9000 Series Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1693
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series.
PAGE 1694
Ma 11/0, Nu 0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 Dell#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1695
65 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1696
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1697
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN.
PAGE 1698
Dell# M Te 2/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1699
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1700
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1701
Example 2 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 1/0 Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack comp